diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
index 23ad63d29e..4068782c82 100644
--- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ MAT	2	1	ft22		ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	from the east	“from a country far
 MAT	2	2	v5t4		ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews?	The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
 MAT	2	2	zj7c		αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the **star**. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
 MAT	2	2	a7y9		ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	in the east	“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
-MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
+MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) They intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) They wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
 MAT	2	3	p5rw		ἐταράχθη	1	became troubled	“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
 MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people.Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	2	3	mc1r	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ MAT	3	16	n8bk			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story
 MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς δὲ	1	But having been baptized	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	16	sf5w		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	This could mean: (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove** or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	This could mean: (1) Matthew is simply saying that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove**. (2) This is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	“Jesus heard a voice from heaven saying.” Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δια
 MAT	4	2	iw2i		νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν	1	having fasted … he was hungry	These refer to Jesus.
 MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	40 days and 40 nights	“forty days and forty nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MAT	4	3	vl86		ὁ πειράζων	1	the tempter	These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
-MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, speak	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
+MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, speak	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
 MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	3	m1va	figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	speak so that these stones might become bread	You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	4	3	t3xm	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	This can be s
 MAT	4	4	rld7		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live by bread alone	This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
 MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metonymy	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes through the mouth of God	Here, **word** and **mouth** refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	4	5	r4a5			0	General Information:	In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
-MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
+MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
 MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	6	c5kr		βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	throw yourself down	“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
 MAT	4	6	a5h2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	for it is written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	having o
 MAT	5	2	ji1p		ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς	1	he taught them	The word **them** refers to his disciples.
 MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in the heavens will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world or (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
+MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
 MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	5	5	mvb1		οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
 MAT	5	5	iy1y		αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	they will inherit the earth	“God will give them the entire earth”
@@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ MAT	5	11	rk69		εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψε
 MAT	5	11	eez3		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
 MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MAT	5	13	qp6l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
-MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt may have lost its taste	This could mean: (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) Just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) Just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt may have lost its taste	This could mean: (1) The salt has lost its power to do things that salt does. (2) The salt has lost its flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	13	wp9g	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what can it be made salty again?	“how can it be made useful again?” This can be stated as a fact. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	5	13	yoif	figs-metaphor	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what might it be made salty again?	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “a person who stops following Jesus cannot be made useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out to be trampled by men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -405,10 +405,10 @@ MAT	6	5	e12v	figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποι
 MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	5	z3h6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	6	6	dqv4		εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
-MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
+MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
 MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	6	eb6r		ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who sees in secret	“your Father will see what you do in private and”
-MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) the **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
+MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) The **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) The words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
 MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	8	fr1d	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ MAT	6	16	q19r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
 MAT	6	16	xv6b		ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
 MAT	6	16	ix6h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	6	17	k283		ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	anoint your head	“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To **anoint** the **head** here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
-MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
+MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
 MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
 MAT	6	19	afg9	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied her
 MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	2	f9nb		γὰρ	1	For	Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
 MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could mean: (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
+MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could mean: (1) This is the amount of punishment given. (2) This is the standard used for judgment.
 MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	3	hzb4			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
 MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος κα
 MAT	7	13	uhb3			0	General Information:	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
 MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	13	j8xn		εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	Enter through the narrow gate	You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
-MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) **the way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom, or (2) the **the gate** and **the way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
+MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) The **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) The **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
 MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	7	14	x8u9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
 MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	The abstract noun **life** can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my
 MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	7	22	t5j7	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	did we not prophesy	This **we** does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) This refers to his authority or power. (2) This means they were doing what he wanted them to do. or (3) This means they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	7	22	p67f		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	“miracles”
 MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	7	24	fg9k		οὖν	1	Therefore	“For that reason”
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ MAT	8	4	gzy6		αὐτῷ	1	to him	This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
 MAT	8	4	gt5s		ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	See that you may tell no one	“Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
 MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could mean: (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
+MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could mean: (1) This refers to the priests. (2) This refers to all the people. (3) This refers to the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 MAT	8	5	sxz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
 MAT	8	5	vzb9		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	came to him, begging him	Here both instances of **him** refer to Jesus.
 MAT	8	6	cr8h		παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	unable to move because of disease or stroke
@@ -628,14 +628,14 @@ MAT	8	20	qqvq	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κα
 MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have where he might lay his head	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	8	21	hlx9		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me first to go away and to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s **father** has died and he will **bury** him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
-MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of **the dead**: (1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or (2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of **the dead**: (1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	8	23	us1s			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
 MAT	8	23	e8k1		καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	And when he had entered into a boat	“And when he got into a boat”
 MAT	8	23	sl7v		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples followed him	Try to use the same words for **disciples** and **followed** that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](../08/21.md)).
 MAT	8	24	j55j		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
 MAT	8	24	x7k1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	a great storm happened on the sea	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered by the waves	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
+MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) They first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) As they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
 MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Save us, Lord; we are perishing!	If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MAT	8	25	xf5d		ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	“we are about to die”
 MAT	8	26	jmt8		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the disciples”
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ MAT	9	2	k5eh		τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	their faith	This refers to the
 MAT	9	2	k9qq		τέκνον	1	Child	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
 MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	9	3	a35d		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.
+MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) Each one was thinking to himself. (2) They were speaking among themselves.
 MAT	9	3	mq8v		βλασφημεῖ	1	blasphemes	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
 MAT	9	4	u643		ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	having known their thoughts	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
 MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason do you think evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a br
 MAT	10	2	f1vu		τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	of the 12 apostles	This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
 MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	“Matthew, who was a tax collector”
-MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	This could mean: (1) **the Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) **the Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
+MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	This could mean: (1) The word **Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) The word **Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
 MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	“who would betray Jesus”
 MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 MAT	10	5	aw5h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ MAT	10	13	qip2	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	These are plural
 MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy	Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	13	q75a	figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	let your peace come upon it	The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	13	ha8f	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	2	if it might not be worthy	The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
+MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) If the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) If the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
 MAT	10	14	yn9k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
 MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	And whoever might not receive you nor listen to	“And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
 MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you … your	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ MAT	10	25	u355		εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ 
 MAT	10	25	bg2l		πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	how much worse the members of his household	“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
 MAT	10	25	cp96		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	If they called	“Since people have called”
 MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	the master of the house	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
+MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
 MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	26	zb2j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
 MAT	10	26	twv2		μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	do not fear them	Here, **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	t
 MAT	11	5	l443	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοὶ	1	the poor	This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MAT	11	7	g2q8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
 MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	11	7	pc6c	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	a reed being shaken by the wind	This could mean: (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	11	7	pc6c	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	a reed being shaken by the wind	This could mean: (1) Jesus be referring the literal plants by the Jordan River. (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	11	8	y24r		ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothing	“wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of **clothing**.
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ MAT	11	25	uwu5		ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	revealed them	“made them kn
 MAT	11	25	b6w5	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	to little children	Jesus compares ignorant people to **little children**. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	11	26	qp7t	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight	The phrase **in your sight** is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	11	27	yk5w	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been entrusted to me from my Father	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
+MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
 MAT	11	27	j3vk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	11	27	s1as		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows the Son except the Father	“only the Father knows the Son”
 MAT	11	27	rt5b		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	no one knows	The word **knows** here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son
 MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
 MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
 MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And having departed from there	“After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
-MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
+MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
 MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	“there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
 MAT	12	10	t948		ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him	“the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be
 MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will not be forgiven him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
 MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	33	d73d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
-MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) This is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	“healthy … diseased”
 MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ MAT	12	41	k3q6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes a
 MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	“The citizens of Nineveh”
 MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
 MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	This could mean: (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
 MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	something greater	“someone more important”
 MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the
 MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	“will stand up at the judgment”
 MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
 MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). This could mean: (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
@@ -1349,9 +1349,9 @@ MAT	13	13	wc3u			0	General Information:	In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Is
 MAT	13	13	hm4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
 MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
 MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could mean: (1) this refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
+MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) This refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
 MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could mean: (1) this refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
+MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) This refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
 MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
 MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to recline	“lie down.” Use the ve
 MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	he took	“he held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	“after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
 MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	“the pieces of the loaves of bread”
-MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could mean: (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”
+MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could mean: (1) This refers to while they were looking up. (2) This refers to after they looked up.
 MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
 MAT	14	20	czj4	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις	1	12 baskets full	“twelve baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1711,9 +1711,9 @@ MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖ
 MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	16	18	z897		κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω	1	And I also say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	16	18	th3d	figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	you are Peter	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. This could mean: (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. This could mean: (1) The phrase **this rock** represents Peter. (2) The phrase **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	16	18	l6o0	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	16	18	l6o0	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying the powers of death will not overcome his church. (2) Jesus is saying his church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	16	19	pp5d	figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the keys of the kingdom of the heavens	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	16	19	kc3k	figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son
 MAT	17	10	nwt5	figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	“Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?”	The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	17	11	xbs2		ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	will restore all things	“will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
 MAT	17	12	whp9		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
+MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) These refer to the Jewish leaders. (2) These refer to all the Jewish people.
 MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	17	14	t687			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
 MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ MAT	18	20	kv9z	figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two or three	It is implied
 MAT	18	20	s5rx		συνηγμένοι	1	gathered together	“meeting together”
 MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	18	21	cys4	translate-numbers	ἑπτάκις	1	seven times	“7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) This means 70 times 7. (2) This means 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MAT	18	23	n44s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
 MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	18	23	bp72		συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his slaves	“his slaves to pay him what they owed”
@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ MAT	19	9	ps45	translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γα
 MAT	19	11	h3a3	figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	to whom it has been given	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	19	12	yvb8	figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	For there are eunuchs who were born thus from their mother’s womb	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	19	12	m1r9	figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	This could mean: (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	19	12	r78n	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	19	12	hqu1		χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	to accept this, let him accept it	“to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
 MAT	19	13	wjb5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus receives and blesses little children.
@@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ MAT	21	31	hl72		λέγουσιν	1	They say	“The chief priests and elders said
 MAT	21	31	au13		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	“Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
 MAT	21	31	er5s		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	21	31	ec9f	figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you	Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	21	31	pd34		προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	enter … before you	This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
+MAT	21	31	pd34		προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	enter … before you	This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
 MAT	21	32	a8z8	figs-you	ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	John came to you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	21	32	n2ve	figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	in the way of righteousness	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	21	32	c5t4	figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	you did not believe him	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is sp
 MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	“God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
-MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could mean: (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could mean: (1) This refers to the city of Jerusalem. (2) This refers to the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord!	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		# Matthew 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for the sake of m
 MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will be raised up	Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, **lead … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will be increased	The abstract noun **lawlessness** can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) Many people will no longer love other people. (2) Many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	13	l1pp		ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	But the one who has endured	“But the person who stays faithful”
 MAT	24	13	ht34		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
@@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@ MAT	24	26	zxg2	figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Or
 MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	he is in the inner rooms	“he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
 MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
 MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	“as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
 MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	“that time of suffering”
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is spea
 MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation may certainly not pass away	Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could mean: (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
+MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could mean: (1) This refers to the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) This refers to all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
 MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all these things may have happened	“until God causes all these things to happen”
 MAT	24	34	r6sk		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	may certainly not pass away	“will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
 MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they did not know	This can
 MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man	This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
 MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
 MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This is when the Son of Man comes.
-MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) The Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) The angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because what I have just said is true,”
 MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	“pay attention”
 MAT	24	43	ak6a	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into	Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ MAT	24	51	rwd5	translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ
 MAT	25	intro	qe8a			0		# Matthew 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
 MAT	25	1	em28	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could mean: (1) **lamps** or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
+MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could mean: (1) It refers to **lamps**. (2) This refers to torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
 MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	five of them	“five of the virgins”
 MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take oil with themselves	“took with them only the oil in their lamps”
 MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
@@ -2601,12 +2601,12 @@ MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	in order that he might betr
 MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
 MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could mean: (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”
-MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could mean: (1) The is the time that Jesus told them about. (2) This is the time God has set for Jesus.
+MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) It “is near.” (2) It “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I am doing the Passover	“I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
 MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
 MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could mean: (1) This is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) This was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will depart	Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1
 MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
 MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I say to you, from now on you will see	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase **from now on** could mean: (1) an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
+MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase **from now on** could mean: (1) This is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) This means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
 MAT	26	64	b6cb	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	26	64	p5px	figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	26	64	lcxc	translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν 
 MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) “Then some of the men spit” or (2) “Then the soldiers spit.”
+MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) Some of the men spit. (2) The soldiers spit.
 MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This was done as an insult.
 MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
 MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that he was condem
 MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the 30 pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [Matthew 26:15](../26/15.md).
 MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
+MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) He threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) He was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
 MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	“Our laws do not allow us to put this”
 MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	“to put this silver”
 MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ MAT	27	10	c2ch		συνέταξέν μοι	1	had directed me	Here, **me** refers
 MAT	27	11	pjc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
 MAT	27	11	we3a		δὲ	1	Now	If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
 MAT	27	11	a2e7		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	“Pilate”
-MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	12	vl3a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly	“he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
@@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐ
 MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) They believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	43	w46n			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
 MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτη
 MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness happened over all the land	The word **darkness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	“Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
 MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could mean: (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
+MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could mean: (1) This refers to one of the soldiers. (2) This refers to one of those who stood by and watched.
 MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
 MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	“gave it to Jesus”
 MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	released his spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ MAT	27	51	m1ic	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ
 MAT	27	52	a1cu	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	And the tombs were opened, and many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	52	kj3r	figs-idiom	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	52	hgn1	figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	who had fallen asleep	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
+MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
 MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those with him watching Jesus	“those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη
 MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	“from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
 MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
-MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
+MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) They put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) They put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
 MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	with the guard	“and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
 MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		# Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
 MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
@@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@ MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ 
 MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	“the other woman named Mary.” This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
 MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone** or (2) all these events happened at the same time.
+MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) The **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) All these events happened at the same time.
 MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
 MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	his appearance	“the angel’s appearance”
 MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησα
 MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	“Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
 MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
 MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
-MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
+MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) They all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) Some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
 MAT	28	17	xgr5	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	but some doubted	It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	All authority has been given to me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
index 4c392a6c3e..87d3a7515e 100644
--- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ MRK	1	7	iz8v		κύψας	1	to stoop down	“to bend down”
 MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or (2) **the Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) This is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) The **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MRK	1	11	e6ke	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	a voice came out of the heavens	The **voice** represents God speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	1	11	ky16	figs-euphemism	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	a voice came out of the heavens	Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his **beloved Son** because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ MRK	1	43	iw7t			0	General Information:	The word **him** used here refers to the
 MRK	1	44	a7hs		ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς	1	See that you may say nothing to anyone	“Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
 MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could mean: (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
+MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could mean: (1) It was to be a testimony to the priests. (2) It was to be a testimony to the people.
 MRK	1	45	m63p		ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν	1	But having gone out, he	The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
 MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely	Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	45	bn6r		ὥστε	1	so that	“so much that”
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ MRK	2	3	n643		αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων	1	being carried by f
 MRK	2	3	c1vr		φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν	1	bringing a paralyzed man	“bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
 MRK	2	4	h3yn		μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ	1	not being able to approach him	“they could not get close to where Jesus was”
 MRK	2	4	v6ma		ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
-MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith** or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) Only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) The paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	5	hzg6	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	2	5	vd3i		ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins are forgiven	If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s **sins**. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
 MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Le
 MRK	2	15	udb2			0	Connecting Statement:	It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi’s house for a meal.
 MRK	2	15	if3i		τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	his house	“the home of Levi”
 MRK	2	15	qf38		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
-MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	This could mean: (1) “for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” or (2) “for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.”
+MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	This could mean: (1) There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus. (2) Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.
 MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	17	ba3n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
 MRK	2	17	q8r6		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	“he said to the scribes”
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ MRK	2	17	ca8h	figs-irony	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, 
 MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	2	18	zkz9	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	2	18	f1ds		ἦσαν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες…οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees	These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees”
-MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	“some men are coming.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
+MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	“some men are coming.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) These men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees. (2) These men were among John’s disciples.
 MRK	2	18	vl3z		ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	they are coming and saying to him	“they came and said to Jesus”
 MRK	2	19	eke3	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1	The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed
 MRK	3	20	jxr5		καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	And he is entering into a house	“Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
 MRK	3	20	rq6k	figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	they are not able even to eat bread	The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	3	21	bk6g		ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν	1	went out to seize him	Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
-MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, **they** could mean: (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
+MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, **they** could mean: (1) This refers to his relatives. (2) This refers to some people in the crowd.
 MRK	3	21	mf5q	figs-idiom	ἐξέστη	1	He is out of his mind	Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” or “He is insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	3	22	yxd9		ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	By the ruler of the demons he is casting out demons	“By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
 MRK	3	23	ji69	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ
 MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	23	izg1	figs-123person	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
-MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others. (2) This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθ
 MRK	5	34	gbk8		θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
 MRK	5	34	a5qw		ἡ πίστις σου	1	your faith	“your faith in me”
 MRK	5	35	kmm7		ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	“While Jesus was still speaking”
-MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house or (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
+MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) These people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) These people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
 MRK	5	35	akl8		τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	the synagogue leader’s house	The leader of the synagogue is Jairus.
 MRK	5	35	ip1p		λέγοντες	1	saying	“saying to Jairus”
 MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ MRK	6	40	e4cb	figs-explicit	πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κ
 MRK	6	41	l8q3		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having looked up to heaven	This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
 MRK	6	41	gr6v		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed	“he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
 MRK	6	41	r49p		τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν	1	he divided the two fish among them all	“he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
-MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	they took up	This could mean: (1) “the disciples took up” or (2) “the people took up.”
+MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	they took up	This could mean: (1) The disciples took up the pieces. (2) The people took up the pieces.
 MRK	6	43	sk2v		κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα	1	12 baskets full of broken pieces	“twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
 MRK	6	43	xk9h	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνων	1	12 baskets	“twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	6	44	v4m3	translate-numbers	πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	5,000 men	“five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ MRK	6	55	wr7f	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	those havi
 MRK	6	56	bjv5		ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο	1	wherever he was entering	“wherever Jesus entered”
 MRK	6	56	gi6y		ἐτίθεσαν	1	they were putting	Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
 MRK	6	56	y6hs	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begging him	This could mean: (1) “the sick were begging him” or (2) “the people were begging him.”
+MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begging him	This could mean: (1) The sick were begging him. (2) The people were begging him.
 MRK	6	56	m366		ἅψωνται	1	they might touch	The word **they** refers to the sick.
 MRK	6	56	wd2u		τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	the edge of his garment	“the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
 MRK	6	56	ugr3		ὅσοι ἂν	1	as many as	“all those who”
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ MRK	7	29	sa9t	figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	go	Jesus was implying that she no long
 MRK	7	29	pa3u	figs-explicit	ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου	1	The demon has gone out from your daughter	Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	7	31	g44h			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
 MRK	7	31	k9gy		ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου	1	having gone out from the region of Tyre	“having left the region of Tyre”
-MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up to a part of the region	This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
+MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up to a part of the region	This could mean: (1) This may mean “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) This may mean “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
 MRK	7	31	cxa8	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	of the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	7	32	bnq6		φέρουσιν	1	they bring	“the people brought”
 MRK	7	32	i5gy		κωφὸν	1	someone who was deaf	“a person who was not able to hear”
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ MRK	8	intro	ry56			0		# Mark 08 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this
 MRK	8	1	sgv6			0	Connecting Statement:	A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
 MRK	8	1	rmd8	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days	This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	8	2	h8v8		ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν	1	they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat	“this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
-MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they will faint	This could mean: (1) literal, “they may lose consciousness temporarily” or (2) hyperbolic exaggeration, “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they will faint	This could mean: (1) It literally means “they may lose consciousness temporarily.” (2) It is a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	8	4	jdk2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?	1	From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place?	The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	4	b7tn		ἄρτων	1	with bread	Loaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
 MRK	8	5	m56c		ἠρώτα αὐτούς	1	he asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ MRK	8	10	y8u3	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανου
 MRK	8	10	x33a	translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	of Dalmanutha	This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	8	11	cqy5			0	Connecting Statement:	In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
 MRK	8	11	f9y8		ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	seeking from him	“asking him for”
-MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. This could mean: (1) the word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) the word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. This could mean: (1) The word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) The word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	11	cl3q	figs-explicit	πειράζοντες αὐτόν	1	testing him	The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	having sighed deeply in his spirit	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
 MRK	8	12	s8xl		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	“in himself”
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ MRK	9	45	vj49		εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to e
 MRK	9	45	r1dy	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	45	c2vw		χωλὸν	1	lame	“unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
 MRK	9	45	tmd6	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word **eye** is a metonym for either: (1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” or (2) desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word **eye** is a metonym for either: (1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	47	e52s	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα	1	to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than, having two eyes	This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than, having lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	48	uh4p	figs-explicit	ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ	1	where their worm does not die	The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ MRK	10	40	pdc1		ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those f
 MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	41	ad19		ἀκούσαντες,	1	When heard about this	The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
 MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	“after Jesus called his disciples, he”
-MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles” or (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) The people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) The Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	42	hme7		κατακυριεύουσιν	1	lord it over	have control or power over
 MRK	10	42	zfr3		κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	“flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
 MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ MRK	11	9	el81		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed is	“May God bless”
 MRK	11	10	a6b4	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	“Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	10	kkfo	figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	10	diq8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	of our father David	Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	This could mean: (1) “Praise God who is in heaven” or (2) “Let those who are in heaven shout ‘Hosanna’.”
+MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	This could mean: (1) They should praise God who is in heaven. (2) Those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
 MRK	11	10	vqm2	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	the highest	Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	11	mz8r		ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας	1	the hour already being late	“because it was already late in the day”
 MRK	11	11	t5nv		ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he went out to Bethany with the Twelve	“he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
@@ -1131,9 +1131,9 @@ MRK	13	4	lw1n		ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα	1	when all these things	“t
 MRK	13	5	fe42		λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	“to say to his disciples”
 MRK	13	5	u79c	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	may lead you astray	Here, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	they will lead many astray	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This could mean: (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This could mean: (1) They would be claiming his authority. (2) They would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	6	l7f9		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	“I am the Christ”
-MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
+MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) They would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) They would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
 MRK	13	7	d1k9		ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	“but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
 MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This probably refers to **the end** of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ π
 MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	This could mean: (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
+MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	This could mean: (1) This refers to the end of his life”.(2) This refers to the end of that time of trouble.
 MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-metaphor	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	14	ck7a	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ MRK	13	24	zy2f	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	t
 MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	13	25	z1sh	figs-explicit	οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες	1	the stars will be falling from the sky	This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	25	au6l	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could mean: (1) the sun, moon, and stars or (2) powerful spiritual beings
+MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could mean: (1) This refers to the sun, moon, and stars. (2) This refers to powerful spiritual beings.
 MRK	13	25	h5k1		ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	in the heavens	“in the sky”
 MRK	13	26	kl95		τότε ὄψονται	1	then they will see	“then people will see”
 MRK	13	26	h4z1		μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	with great power and glory	“powerfully and gloriously”
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he
 MRK	14	18	cwl8		ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν	1	as they were reclining at table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
 MRK	14	18	dg95		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	19	v3a1		εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
-MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	This could mean: (1) this was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no or (2) this was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	This could mean: (1) This was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) This was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	20	b25j		εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	It is one of the Twelve	“He is one of the twelve of you”
 MRK	14	20	htn4		ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
 MRK	14	21	q5l3		ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him	Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τ
 MRK	14	24	hs24	writing-symlanguage	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	This is my blood	“This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 MRK	14	25	i9yk		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	25	t7ai		ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	from the fruit of the vine	“wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
-MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	This could mean: (1) “again” or (2) “in a new way”
+MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	This could mean: (1) It would happen again. (2) It would happen in a new way.
 MRK	14	26	l996		ὑμνήσαντες	1	having sung a hymn	A **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
 MRK	14	27	pu4s		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
 MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in thi
 MRK	15	1	mps2			0	Connecting Statement:	When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
 MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-metonymy	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	They commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
-MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” or (2) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	“were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
 MRK	15	4	c9uc		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν	1	But Pilate again was questioning him	“But Pilate asked Jesus again”
 MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?”
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index 473f35d3e4..7136913450 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ LUK	1	79	cnh7	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θαν
 LUK	1	79	s3eb	figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the word **guide** figuratively to mean “teach,” and the expression **the path of peace** figuratively to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	79	l101	figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the term **feet** figuratively to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	80	q2ax	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could mean: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” or (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
+LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could mean: (1) This refers to the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) This refers to how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
 LUK	1	80	eh9j	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	he was in the wilderness	This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	80	qu12		ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	until the day of his public appearance	The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
 LUK	1	80	ie4l	figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	the day of his public appearance	Here, Luke uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -339,18 +339,18 @@ LUK	2	9	l117	figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	they feare
 LUK	2	10	hnr7	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	10	pw8t		εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
-LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could mean: (1) The angel could mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This could be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could mean: (1) The angel may mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This may be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	11	l119	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord!	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could mean: (1) It could be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It could be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could mean: (1) It may be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It may be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	xx57	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	wrapped in strips of cloth	See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	bua3	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	lying in a manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	13	b54a	figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	a multitude of the heavenly army	This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking figuratively of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	13	e2gp	figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	praising God and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) The angels could be describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels could be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
-LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could mean: (1) This could be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This could be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
+LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) The angels may be describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels may be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
+LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could mean: (1) This may be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This may be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
 LUK	2	14	l121	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ LUK	2	48	l164	figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμ
 LUK	2	49	l165	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	2	49	r8eh	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Why is it that you were searching for me?	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	2	49	va82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father?	Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus could be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” or (2) Jesus could be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
+LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus may be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
 LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	2	50	l166	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	the word that he spoke to them	The term **word** refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	51	h2i9	figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he went down with them	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸ
 LUK	3	22	q2yh	figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	a voice came from heaven	Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** could be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” or (2) Luke could also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) The word **beginning** may be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke may also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	25	xdc5	translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	26	vt9z	translate-names	τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ	1	of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	27	z85v	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ	1	of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ LUK	6	14	l290	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…
 LUK	6	14	zdq3	writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother Andrew	The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	15	l291	translate-names	Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα	1	Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	15	l292	figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	Matthew	**Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term **Zealot** could mean: (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term **Zealot** could mean: (1) It may be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It may be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	l293	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου	1	Judas son of James	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	l294	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	Judas Iscariot	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	g24m	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	who became a traitor	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺ
 LUK	6	20	ymg7	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	Blessed are	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	20	y18c	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for yours is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you” or (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God”
+LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God”
 LUK	6	21	l344	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are hungry now	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	21	l298	figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	you will be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	21	l299	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are weeping now	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -968,17 +968,17 @@ LUK	6	35	l317	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated
 LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	36	n28w	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	your Father	This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	37	a8c7		μὴ κρίνετε	1	do not judge	Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
-LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not judge you” or (2) “other people will not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not judge you” (2) “other people will not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	vkl8		καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	do not condemn	Your language may require you to specify the object of **condemn**. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
-LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not condemn you” or (2) “other people will not condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not condemn you” (2) “other people will not condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	l319		ἀπολύετε	1	Forgive	Your language may require you to specify the object of **release**. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
 LUK	6	37	ls01	figs-metaphor	ἀπολύετε	1	Release	Jesus is using the word **release** figuratively to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will forgive you” or (2) “other people will forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you” or (2) “other people will give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will forgive you” (2) “other people will forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you” (2) “other people will give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	q8sq	figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	38	l320	figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	l321	translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	your lap	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” or (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	39	bw7f	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he also told them a parable	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	6	39	l322	figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	39	l323	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ LUK	7	3	l349		ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ
 LUK	7	4	hm7l		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	they asked him earnestly	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
 LUK	7	4	y6vt	writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	He is worthy	Here the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	7	5	cny7	figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	our nation	Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, **and** could mean: (1) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, **and** could mean: (1) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	7	6	s5xg		ἐπορεύετο	1	went on his way	Alternate translation: “went along”
 LUK	7	6	el4w	figs-litotes	αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	when he was … not far away from the house	Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	6	i6kv		μὴ σκύλλου	1	do not trouble yourself	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ LUK	10	18	a37w	figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀσ
 LUK	10	18	v8fl	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	fall from heaven	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	18	l590	translate-names	Σατανᾶν	1	Satan	**Satan** is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	10	19	l591	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses **behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	19	xl7q	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	authority to tread on snakes and scorpions	This could mean: (1) Jesus could be referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase **snakes and scorpions** could be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	10	19	xl7q	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	authority to tread on snakes and scorpions	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase **snakes and scorpions** may be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	19	l592	translate-unknown	ὄφεων	1	snakes	In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	19	mla6	translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	scorpions	The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	19	uvt4	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	and over all the power of the enemy	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you a
 LUK	10	42	hqt4	figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
-LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her” or (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	intro	j6le			0		# Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14-36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37-54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	11	1	fl3j	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	11	1	l635	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. You could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει
 LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
-LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	This could mean one of two things. You could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in either way. Alternate translation: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth” or (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	This could mean one of two things. You could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in either way. Alternate translation: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	12	27	l782	translate-names	Σολομὼν	1	Solomon	**Solomon** is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks figuratively of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -2239,8 +2239,8 @@ LUK	12	46	j1m1	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ,
 LUK	12	46	l815	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	in a day that he does not expect	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	46	l816	figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in an hour that he does not know	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	46	vg1d	figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	will cut him in two	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) If **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) If **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) It could mean “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) It could mean “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
-LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: (1) “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or (2) “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) It may mean “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) It may mean “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
+LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: (1) “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	47	p1l2	figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will of his master	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
 LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ LUK	13	18	l867	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασι
 LUK	13	19	g4hr	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	13	19	l868	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	13	19	x3p8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could mean: (1) a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” or (2) a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could mean: (1) This is a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) This refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	13	19	wv4q	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	took and threw into his garden	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	19	avk2	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ	1	the birds of the sky nested in its branches	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	13	20	hn4n	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2429,13 +2429,13 @@ LUK	13	31	r41z	figs-doublet	ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθ
 LUK	13	31	l7fe	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Herod wants to kill you	Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	13	32	l904	figs-quotesinquotes	πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ	1	Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	32	l905	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus could be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus could be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	32	l906	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	32	l907	figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	32	l908	figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	32	l910	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus could mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression can also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus could be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression can also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus may mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression may also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus may be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression may also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
 LUK	13	33	l912	figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	today, and tomorrow, and the following day	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	33	nbk7	figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the ser
 LUK	14	22	l963	figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	22	dgt3		γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	what you commanded has happened	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
 LUK	14	23	l964	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” or (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it could figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) This refers to actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) Since the term is paired with **roads**, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	24	i5lt	figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	14	24	v5m6	figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	While the word **you** is singular in [14:21-23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ LUK	14	30	l975	figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man
 LUK	14	30	l976	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	14	31	vp3u	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν?	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	31	l977	figs-hypo	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine figs-hypo	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	14	31	tl37		βουλεύσεται	1	determine	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “think carefully about” or (2) “consult with his advisors to decide”
+LUK	14	31	tl37		βουλεύσεται	1	determine	This could mean: Alternate translation: (1) He would think carefully about it. (2) He would consult with his advisors to decide.
 LUK	14	32	dpc5	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	32	l978		ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace	Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
 LUK	14	32	p5h6		τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things for peace	Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
@@ -2619,7 +2619,7 @@ LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν πα
 LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” or (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	15	4	l991	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	the lost one	Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν	1	coming to hims
 LUK	15	17	m004	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	17	xw1a	figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	15	17	m005	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	bread	The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) It could be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) It may be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	15	18	m006	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	18	m007	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	get up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	18	m4pj	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ LUK	17	2	dvz5	figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	It would be b
 LUK	17	2	uk6e	figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	a millstone were lying around his neck	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	2	gr89	translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	a millstone	A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	2	k9xl	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	he should trap	See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap** figuratively. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could mean: (1) children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” or (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could mean: (1) This refers to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) This is a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) This is a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	3	m104	figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Pay attention to yourselves	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	3	m105	figs-you	προσέχετε	1	Pay attention	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	3	m106	figs-youcrowd	σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες	1	your … rebuke … forgive	The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ LUK	17	20	m151	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία 
 LUK	17	21	m152	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	21	m153	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	21	m154	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	21	xpi7	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	22	x3y2	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	The days will come when	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	22	v2i3	figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν	1	you will desire to see	Jesus is using the term **see** figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ LUK	18	38	u69g	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is a
 LUK	18	38	m252	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	39	m253		οἱ προάγοντες	1	the ones who were walking ahead	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
 LUK	18	39	z7r6		ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	were rebuking him, so that he would be silent	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
-LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he shouted even louder” or (2) “he called out even more persistently”
+LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he shouted even louder” (2) “he called out even more persistently”
 LUK	18	39	m254	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	Son of David, have mercy on me	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	40	m255	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	him to be brought to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	41	al8g		ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	that I might see again	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ LUK	19	16	j7ag	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina**
 LUK	19	17	abcq	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	17	m287	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	And he said to him	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	17	n5at	figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Well done, good servant!	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” or (2) “with a little bit of money”
+LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” (2) “with a little bit of money”
 LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	be having authority over ten cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ LUK	20	9	s8tt	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1
 LUK	20	9	y37s		γεωργοῖς	1	farmers	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
 LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
-LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	This could mean: (1) **fruit** could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” or (2) **fruit** could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	This could mean: (1) The word **fruit** may be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** may be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ LUK	21	10	e65b	figs-ellipsis	καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλεία
 LUK	21	10	m438	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 LUK	21	10	m439	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	11	ib3l		φόβηθρά	1	terrifying events	Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
-LUK	21	11	m440	figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	great signs from heaven	Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it could have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It could be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	11	m440	figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	great signs from heaven	Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it may have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It may be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	unm4	figs-metonymy	τούτων	1	these things	This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	w5uz	figs-metonymy	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	This expression figuratively means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	qd99	writing-pronouns	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	The pronoun **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@ LUK	21	15	d3zh	figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστ
 LUK	21	15	m444	figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	to resist or contradict	The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	16	m445	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could possibly mean one of two things, though the first meaning is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” or (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could possibly mean one of two things, though the first meaning is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	17	wbh8	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	17	lm66	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@ LUK	21	23	e1pj		ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	the ones nursing	This does no
 LUK	21	23	m459	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	23	m460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	21	23	m461	figs-parallelism	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people	If the word **land** figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	This could mean: (1) The term **land** could refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** could be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	This could mean: (1) The term **land** may refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** may be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	23	m462	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	23	iw4r	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	and wrath to this people	Jesus is using the word **wrath** figuratively to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	24	lmj8	figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	they will fall	Here, **fall** figuratively means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ LUK	21	24	m466	figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	Jesus may figurative
 LUK	21	24	cg3n	figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	they will be led captive into all the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	24	zn4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	into all the nations	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	24	m467	figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	nations	Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean: (1) The image could be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image could be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean: (1) The image may be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image may be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	24	m468	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	24	m469	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	the nations	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	24	na6l	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	until the times of the nations are fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ LUK	21	30	yic5		ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	the summer i
 LUK	21	31	y81z		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
 LUK	21	31	t1ca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God is near	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	32	gsh9		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
-LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” or (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	32	m3il		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν	1	will certainly not pass away until	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
 LUK	21	32	m481		πάντα	1	all	Alternate translation: “all of these things”
 LUK	21	33	t53u	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -3840,7 +3840,7 @@ LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffe
 LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	22	16	m511	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	I will certainly not eat it	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. This could mean one of several things. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God” or (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom” or (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. This could mean one of several things. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom” or (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	17	l5e6	figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	he took a cup	Luke is using the term **cup** figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	17	d7pc		εὐχαριστήσας	1	having given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	17	xvm7	figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	divide it among yourselves	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ LUK	22	19	nd2m	figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	bread	Since Jews did not eat bread ma
 LUK	22	19	m515		εὐχαριστήσας	1	when he had given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	19	d3yc		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
 LUK	22	19	m516	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	and gave to them	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand it to mean one of two things. In the first case, it would be a metaphor. Alternate translation: (1) “This represents my body” or (2) “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand it to mean one of two things. In the first case, it would be a metaphor. Alternate translation: (1) “This represents my body” (2) “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	19	cxy5	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Do this in my remembrance	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	20	m517	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	And the cup	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ LUK	22	55	m8ew		μέσος αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate transla
 LUK	22	56	m582	writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Then a certain female servant, seeing him	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	22	56	fm4t		καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	sitting towards the light	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
 LUK	22	56	fxz3	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	and looking steadily at him, said	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests, or (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) Since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	57	dzq9		ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	But he denied it	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
 LUK	22	57	vdm1		γύναι	1	Woman	Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
 LUK	22	58	m583	writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	another	Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ LUK	23	10	lpu6		ἵστήκεισαν	1	stood by	Alternate translation: “were
 LUK	23	10	hn8g		εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	vehemently accusing him	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
 LUK	23	11	m602		ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν	1	despised him	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	23	11	qt1c	figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Putting elegant clothing around him	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” or (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) They realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	12	x7r8	grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	for they were previously being in hostility between themselves	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	13	d7gn	writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	the people	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	14	dh77	figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	said to them, “You brought this man to me”	By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ LUK	23	35	m648	figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν
 LUK	23	35	m3f6	figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	let him save himself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	35	m649	translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” or (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) Since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) The soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	37	x5wr	figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	23	37	m650	figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	save yourself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	38	l5be	figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ LUK	23	43	f1fl		τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	in paradise	See the discussion in th
 LUK	23	44	m660	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	And it was already	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	44	x7fl		ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
 LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could mean: (1) The term translated as **land** can refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) The term can also describe the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
+LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could mean: (1) The term translated as **land** may refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) The term may also describe the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
 LUK	23	44	m662	figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	44	e8zn		ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
 LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 16c6581a23..a1b124c9af 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν
 JHN	3	4	z64b		δεύτερον	1	a second time	“again” or “twice”
 JHN	3	4	ppr8		τὴν κοιλίαν	1	womb	the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
 JHN	3	5	il52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
-JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
 JHN	3	7	lpj4		δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	You must be born again	“You must be born from above”
@@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ JHN	4	22	yj1y		ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1
 JHN	4	23	bs1p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
 JHN	4	23	atm4		ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν	1	However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will	“However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
+JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) This refers to the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
 JHN	4	23	utt7		ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	thinking correctly of what is true about God
 JHN	4	25	lp44		οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	“Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
 JHN	4	27	p39j		καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
-JHN	4	27	cbc9		οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What … want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why … her?’”
+JHN	4	27	cbc9		οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This could mean: (1) The disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) No one asked the woman, “What … want?” or asked Jesus, “Why … her?”
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	“While the woman was going into town”
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ JHN	5	38	rc2n		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	“the message he spok
 JHN	5	39	xi22		ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	“you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
 JHN	5	40	dzm2		οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	“you refuse to believe my message”
 JHN	5	41	c1rx		λαμβάνω	1	receive	accept
-JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
+JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) They really did not love God. (2) They had not really received God’s love.
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		λαμβάνετέ	1	receive	welcome as a friend
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ
 JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	43	pk4s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
 JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ	1	draws	This could mean: (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.”
+JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ	1	draws	“pulls” or “attracts”
 JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	rk3b		πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1	Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me	The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ JHN	6	54	qia5		τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	“on the day
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-metaphor	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	56	u3w4		ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remains in me, and I in him	“has a close relationship with me”
 JHN	6	57	dba2		καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eats me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	This could mean: (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.”
+JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	This could mean: (1) This refers to the Father who gives life. (2) This refers to the Father who is alive.
 JHN	6	57	m1l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -431,9 +431,9 @@ JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν
 JHN	6	61	rn8i		τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει	1	Does this offend you?	“Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1	Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before?	Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	63	y558		ὠφελεῖ	1	profits	The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
-JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	This could mean: (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	This could mean: (1) This refers to Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md). (2) This refers to everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	The words that I have spoken to you	“What I have told you”
-JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	This could mean: (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
+JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	This could mean: (1) These things are about the Spirit and eternal life. (2) These things are from the Spirit and give eternal life.or (3) These things are about spiritual things and life.
 JHN	6	64	k7ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl		οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here
 JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	“As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	This could mean: (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	This could mean: (1) This refers to water that gives life. (2) This refers to water that causes people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	syp9		δὲ εἶπεν	1	But he said	Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ JHN	8	13	ih9h		σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear wi
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	x9rf		κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Even if I bear witness about myself	“Even if I say these things about myself”
 JHN	8	15	k92s		τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	“human standards and the laws of men”
-JHN	8	15	j79i		ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.”
-JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	This could mean: (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people”
-JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	This could mean: (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.”
+JHN	8	15	j79i		ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus is not judging anyone yet. (2) “Jesus is not judging anyone at that time.
+JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	This could mean: (1) This may mean “if I judge people.” (2) This man mean “whenever I judge people.”
+JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	“my judgment is right.”
 JHN	8	16	emx1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me	Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	f6nu		ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ	1	I am with the Father	The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
@@ -581,13 +581,13 @@ JHN	8	23	a7ny		ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	“I c
 JHN	8	23	svn1		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ	1	You are of this world	“You belong to this world”
 JHN	8	23	w9jl		ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	I am not of this world	“I do not belong to this world”
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	“you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
-JHN	8	24	he1k		ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
+JHN	8	24	he1k		ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
 JHN	8	25	t7tv		ἔλεγον	1	They said	The word **They** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
 JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca		ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
 JHN	8	28	er3s		Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself.
-JHN	8	28	tcs5		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
+JHN	8	28	tcs5		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	“I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl		ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	The word **He** refers to God.
 JHN	8	30	ld9x		ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	“As Jesus spoke these words”
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ JHN	8	57	erp5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	The Jews said to him	Here the **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	58	rnw4		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
-JHN	8	58	k4tp		ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
+JHN	8	58	k4tp		ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 09 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	fa5a			0	General Information:	As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ JHN	10	3	iac4		ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper	This is a hired man who watc
 JHN	10	3	db3c		τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	“The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice”
 JHN	10	4	n1ta		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	“he walks in front of them”
 JHN	10	4	z8dm		ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	for they know his voice	“because they recognize his voice”
-JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” or (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
+JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
 JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	“
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp		θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This could mean: (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.”
+JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This could mean: (1) No one can change the scripture. (2) The scripture will always be true.
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	36	fj9f		βλασφημεῖς	1	You are blaspheming	“You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Father … Son of God	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆ
 JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	10	hel4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί	1	if he walks at night	Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	This could mean: (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
+JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	This could mean: (1) He cannot see. (2) He does not have God’s light.
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-idiom	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	The words **wake him out of sleep** form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	e5k2	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
 JHN	12	33	v7f3	writing-background	τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die	John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-ellipsis	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
+JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) They may be asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) They may be asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει	1	The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going	Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh			0	General Information:	This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ JHN	13	17	an8u	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	H
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here the phrase **eats my bread** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39		ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι	1	I tell you this now before it happens	“I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
-JHN	13	19	gg19		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
+JHN	13	19	gg19		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
 JHN	13	20	di3t		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
 JHN	13	21	bq84		ἐταράχθη	1	troubled	concerned, upset
 JHN	13	21	j7x1		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
@@ -1024,9 +1024,9 @@ JHN	14	2	eca3		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Fath
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	fp9r		μοναὶ πολλαί	1	many rooms	The word **room** can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
 JHN	14	2	xb2y	figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	I am going to prepare a place for you	Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This is a metaphor that could mean: (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) This is a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	5	e1dl		πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	how can we know the way?	“how can we know how to get there?”
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This is a metaphor that could mean: (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) This is a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ JHN	16	16	nq4g		μικρὸν	1	In a short amount of time	“Soon” or “Befor
 JHN	16	16	en9b		καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν	1	after another short amount of time	“again, before much time passes”
 JHN	16	17	f2sj			0	General Information:	There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
 JHN	16	17	s9x3		μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με	1	A short amount of time you will no longer see me	The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
-JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	This could mean: (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
+JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	This could mean: (1) This may refer to Jesus’ resurrection. (2) This may refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
 JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	19	j7dv			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
 JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’?	Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ π
 JHN	18	32	tu3c		σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	“regarding how he would die”
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38		τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	“Your fellow Jews”
-JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) His kingdom is not part of this world. (2) He does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) It is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-synecdoche	ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
index e21b918101..81ff1af05f 100644
--- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ROM	2	9	u8f7	figs-doublet	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ	1
 ROM	2	9	ck9i	figs-synecdoche	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου	1	on every human soul	Here, Paul uses the word **soul** as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	2	9	n7q4		τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν	1	has practiced evil	“has continually done evil things”
 ROM	2	9	a9s5		Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first, and also to the Greek	“God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
-ROM	2	9	n5ev		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean: (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly”
+ROM	2	9	n5ev		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean: (1) “first in order of time” (2) “most certainly”
 ROM	2	10	vt1f		δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ	1	But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone	“But God will give praise, honor, and peace”
 ROM	2	10	i9tg		τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	practices good	“continually does what is good”
 ROM	2	10	zg3s		Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1	to the Jew first, and also to the Greek	“God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ ROM	2	21	uq9y	figs-rquestion	ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸ
 ROM	2	21	hl38	figs-rquestion	ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	22	vb45	figs-rquestion	ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις	1	You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery?	Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	22	qn68	figs-rquestion	ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who hate idols, do you rob temples?	Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	2	22	mv4d		ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	Do you rob temples	This could mean: (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.”
+ROM	2	22	mv4d		ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	Do you rob temples	This could mean: (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.”
 ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-rquestion	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	24	q13d	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	2	24	xq7q	figs-metonymy	ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	name of God	The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		# Romans 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
 ROM	3	1	v788			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
 ROM	3	1	gcd6	figs-explicit	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1	Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?	Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-explicit	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **It** refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	3	2	q2dh		πρῶτον μὲν	1	First of all	This could mean: (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
+ROM	3	2	q2dh		πρῶτον μὲν	1	First of all	This could mean: (1) “First in order of time” (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
 ROM	3	2	r62g	figs-explicit	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they were entrusted with revelation from God	Here, **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	3	3	d9k3	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει	1	For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness?	Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	3	4	z465		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ROM	3	19	n399		τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1	the ones who are under the law
 ROM	3	19	cu9x	figs-synecdoche	ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1	in order that every mouth may be shut	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	3	20	xs9x		σὰρξ	1	flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings.
-ROM	3	20	gaa3		γὰρ	1	For	This could mean: (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because”
+ROM	3	20	gaa3		γὰρ	1	For	This could mean: (1) “Therefore” (2) “This is because”
 ROM	3	20	wtp4		διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1	through the law comes the knowledge of sin	“when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned”
 ROM	3	21	fqz4			0	Connecting Statement:	The word **but** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point.
 ROM	3	21	y3te		νυνὶ	1	now	The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ ROM	3	23	lym5	figs-metonymy	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ
 ROM	3	24	xcu6	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus	Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	24	bcc2		δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1	they are freely justified	This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it”
 ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	3	25	ieq9		πάρεσιν	1	disregard	This could mean: (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving.
+ROM	3	25	ieq9		πάρεσιν	1	disregard	This could mean: (1) ignoring (2) forgiving.
 ROM	3	26	lm1r		πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ	1	This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time	“He did this to show how God makes people right with himself”
 ROM	3	26	cg55		εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1	so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus	“By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus”
 ROM	3	27	fjm4	figs-rquestion	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη	1	Where then is boasting? It is excluded	Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ROM	7	7	n43p		ἁμαρτία	1	sin	“my desire to sin”
 ROM	7	8	mz77	figs-personification	ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν;	1	But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust	Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	8	nj21		ἐπιθυμίαν	1	lust	This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire.
 ROM	7	8	r5i2		χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	“if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
-ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	This could mean: (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	This could mean: (1) “I realized that I was sinning” (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	10	yu1u	figs-metaphor	εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον.	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	Paul speaks of God’s condemnation as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	7	11	r582	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν	1	For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me	As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	7	11	qi99		ἡ…ἁμαρτία	1	sin	“my desire to sin”
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ ROM	8	1	xw65	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα το
 ROM	8	1	i12t		ἄρα	1	therefore	“for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
 ROM	8	2	x8uu	figs-explicit	ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus	This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	2	th4n	figs-metaphor	ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	has set you free from the law of sin and death	Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die.
+ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) the principle that people sin and die.
 ROM	8	3	j98t	figs-personification	τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	8	3	etf2		διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	“because of people’s sinful nature”
 ROM	8	3	p4qq		τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ ROM	8	9	e54u		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	“acting according to the
 ROM	8	9	p55f		Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ	These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
 ROM	8	9	bei3		εἴπερ	1	if it is true that	This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
 ROM	8	10	q8be	figs-explicit	εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If Christ is in you	How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	8	11	jlc9		εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν.	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit … lives in you”
 ROM	8	11	b9pu		τοῦ ἐγείραντος	1	of him who raised	“of God, who raised”
 ROM	8	11	jr6p	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised Jesus	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ ROM	8	36	g3pi	figs-simile	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγ
 ROM	8	37	iui3		ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	“we have complete victory”
 ROM	8	37	wcm6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς	1	through the one who loved us	You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	38	fch1		πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	“I am convinced” or “I am confident”
-ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could mean: (1) demons or (2) human kings and rulers.
-ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could mean: (1) spiritual beings with power or (2) human beings with power.
+ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could mean: (1) demons (2) human kings and rulers.
+ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could mean: (1) spiritual beings with power (2) human beings with power.
 ROM	9	intro	w6f4			0		# Romans 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br><br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.
 ROM	9	1	b89f			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
 ROM	9	1	yg93	figs-doublet	ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ ROM	9	17	xu7s		ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου	1	I … my	God
 ROM	9	17	nfv5	figs-you	σε	1	you	singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	9	17	pz5x	figs-idiom	ἐξήγειρά σε	1	I raised you up	**Raised** here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	9	17	gps5	figs-activepassive	ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	so that my name might be proclaimed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	This metonym could mean: (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	This metonym could mean: (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	9	17	jn7u	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ	1	in all the earth	“wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	9	18	a1uv		ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
 ROM	9	19	z4j2	figs-you	ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν	1	You will say then to me	Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ ROM	10	4	x1w8		τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς	1	For Christ is the
 ROM	10	4	f6pu	figs-explicit	εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	10	5	qby2	figs-personification	τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	10	5	wjn6	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ	1	The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness	In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could mean: (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
+ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could mean: (1) eternal life (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
 ROM	10	6	sr9z	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει	1	But the righteousness that comes from faith says this	Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	10	6	x7h4	figs-you	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	Do not say in your heart	Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	10	6	tf9r	figs-rquestion	τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	Who will ascend into heaven?	Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -843,10 +843,10 @@ ROM	12	intro	aky9			0		# Romans 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatt
 ROM	12	1	rhs3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
 ROM	12	1	d2y3	figs-explicit	παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	1	w1mz	figs-synecdoche	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1	to present your bodies a living sacrifice	Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could mean: (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could mean: (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	12	1	tyk7		τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	This is your reasonable service	“This is the right way to worship God”
-ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed	This could mean: (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed	This could mean: (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	2	d2qq	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	this world	This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	12	2	na8p	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	3	nyc2	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1	because of the grace that was given to me	Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ ROM	12	4	v2pi	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη 
 ROM	12	4	v5iy		μέλη	1	members	These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands.
 ROM	12	5	dhx8	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη	1	are individually members of each other	Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	6	hrr1	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα	1	We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us	Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	12	6	bnk9		κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	This could mean: (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
+ROM	12	6	bnk9		κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	This could mean: (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
 ROM	12	8	m2as	figs-explicit	ὁ μεταδιδοὺς	1	giving	Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	9	iv5h	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος	1	Let love be without hypocrisy	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	9	eaw7		ἡ ἀγάπη	1	love	The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ ROM	12	19	l2i8	figs-parallelism	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀντ
 ROM	12	20	c4ig	figs-you	ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις	1	your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap	All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	12	20	q7dq		ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ.	1	But if your enemy is hungry … his head	In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry … his head’”
 ROM	12	20	e49j		ψώμιζε αὐτόν	1	feed him	“give him some food”
-ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-metaphor	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-metaphor	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	21	q761	figs-personification	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good	Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	21	p7fd	figs-you	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil	These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	13	intro	l4q7			0		# Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br><br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ ROM	16	5	bn9z	translate-names	Ἐπαίνετον	1	Epaenetus	This is the name o
 ROM	16	5	d1f1	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν	1	firstfruit of Asia to Christ	Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	6	ew2z	translate-names	Μαρίαν	1	Mary	This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	7	tzk4	translate-names	Ἀνδρόνικον	1	Andronicus	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could mean: (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely, (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could mean: (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely. (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	7	gce3	figs-activepassive	οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	They are prominent among the apostles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	16	8	h976	translate-names	Ἀμπλιᾶτον	1	Ampliatus	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	8	alh2		τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	my beloved in the Lord	“my dear friend and fellow believer”
diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
index ef1447a569..c90312aae6 100644
--- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
@@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	3	gc2c	figs-you		0	General Information:	Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Paul’s audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	1	4	pt1r			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul describes the believer’s position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
 1CO	1	4	t16d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	because of the grace of God that was given to you in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of grace as though it were a physical object that Jesus gives Christians as a gift. Alternate translation: “because Christ Jesus has made it possible for God to be kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	1	5	js7f		ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ	1	you have been made rich in him	This could mean: (1) “Christ has made you rich” or (2) “God has made you rich.”
+1CO	1	5	js7f		ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ	1	you have been made rich in him	This could mean: (1) “Christ has made you rich” (2) “God has made you rich.”
 1CO	1	5	jw1s	figs-hyperbole	ἐν παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε	1	in everything you have been made rich	Paul is speaking in general terms. Alternate translation: “made you rich with all kinds of spiritual blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	1	5	j48t		ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ	1	in all speech	God has enabled you to tell others about God’s message in many ways.
 1CO	1	5	qy8c		πάσῃ γνώσει	1	all knowledge	God has enabled you to understand God’s message in many ways.
-1CO	1	6	h9zk		τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν ὑμῖν	1	the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you	This could mean: (1) “you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true” or (2) “other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true.”
+1CO	1	6	h9zk		τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν ὑμῖν	1	the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you	This could mean: (1) “you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true” (2) “other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true.”
 1CO	1	7	t2hd		ὥστε	1	Therefore	“Because what I have just said is true”
 1CO	1	7	p5y6	figs-litotes	ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι	1	you lack no spiritual gift	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you have every spiritual gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-1CO	1	7	fe4q		τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) “the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) “the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself.”
+1CO	1	7	fe4q		τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) “the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ” (2) “the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself.”
 1CO	1	8	pif5		ἀνεγκλήτους	1	you will be blameless	There will be no reason for God to condemn you.
 1CO	1	9	u6w6		πιστὸς ὁ Θεὸς	1	God is faithful	“God will do everything he has said he will do”
 1CO	1	9	kx3z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	20	rkf9		γραμματεύς	1	the scholar	a person who is recognized as someone who has studied a great deal
 1CO	1	20	u5j5		συνζητητὴς	1	the debater	a person who argues about what he knows or who is skilled in such arguments
 1CO	1	20	a7zl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου?	1	Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness?	Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: “God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	1	21	d7xw		τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1	those who believe	This could mean: (1) “all who believe the message” or (2) “all who believe in Christ.”
+1CO	1	21	d7xw		τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1	those who believe	This could mean: (1) “all who believe the message” (2) “all who believe in Christ.”
 1CO	1	22	v9fa	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	1	23	ntu3	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	Christ crucified	“about Christ, who died on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	23	krw3	figs-metaphor	σκάνδαλον	1	a stumbling block	Just as a person can stumble over a block on a road, so the message of salvation through the crucifixion of the Christ keeps Jews from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “not acceptable” or “very offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	1	24	h7iw		αὐτοῖς…τοῖς κλητοῖς	1	to those whom God has called	“to the people God calls”
-1CO	1	24	hu1s		Χριστὸν Θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφίαν	1	Christ as the power and the wisdom of God	This could mean: (1) “God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us” or (2) “through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is.”
+1CO	1	24	hu1s		Χριστὸν Θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφίαν	1	Christ as the power and the wisdom of God	This could mean: (1) “God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us” (2) “through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is.”
 1CO	1	24	w9vm		Θεοῦ δύναμιν	1	the power … of God	Another possible meaning is that Christ is powerful and it is through Christ that God saves us.
 1CO	1	24	p1hu		Θεοῦ σοφίαν	1	the wisdom of God	Another possible meaning is that God shows the content of his wisdom through Christ.
-1CO	1	25	h9hh	figs-irony	τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people	This could mean: (1) Paul is speaking ironically about God’s foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people’s wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people’s strength” or (2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what people call God’s foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God’s weakness is really stronger than people’s strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+1CO	1	25	h9hh	figs-irony	τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people	This could mean: (1) Paul is speaking ironically about God’s foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people’s wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people’s strength” (2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what people call God’s foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God’s weakness is really stronger than people’s strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 1CO	1	26	ps3r			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul emphasizes the believer’s position before God.
 1CO	1	26	w6l1		οὐ πολλοὶ	1	Not many of you	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Very few of you”
 1CO	1	26	pws2		σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα	1	wise according to the flesh	“what most people would call wise”
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	28	f11p	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὴ ὄντα	1	things that are held as valuable	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that people think are worth money” or “things that people think are worth respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	30	fmr3		ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	because of him	This refers to the work of Christ on the cross.
 1CO	1	30	a7bs	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1CO	1	30	f1at	figs-metonymy	Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God	This could mean: (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1CO	1	30	f1at	figs-metonymy	Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God	This could mean: (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	1	31	fym9		ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1	Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord	“If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is”
 1CO	2	intro	k86p			0		# 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
 1CO	2	1	kjc7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
 1CO	2	1	qvj7		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
 1CO	2	2	a2g9	figs-hyperbole	ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν	1	I decided to know nothing … except Jesus Christ	When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing … except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything … except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	2	3	s9lp		κἀγὼ…ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	I was with you	“I was visiting with you”
-1CO	2	3	e8li		ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ	1	in weakness	Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” or (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.”
+1CO	2	3	e8li		ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ	1	in weakness	Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.”
 1CO	2	4	z81a		πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις	1	persuasive words of wisdom	words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something
 1CO	2	6	sg76			0	General Information:	Paul interrupts his main argument to explain what he means by “wisdom” and to whom he desires to speak.
 1CO	2	6	azm7		δὲ λαλοῦμεν	1	Now we do speak	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Paul begins to explain that true wisdom is God’s wisdom.
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	3	7	dl3z		οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός	1	neither he who plants is anything … but God is the one who causes the growth	Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing.
 1CO	3	7	c68g	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός	1	but God is the one who causes the growth	Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun **growth** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	3	8	s16b	figs-metaphor	ὁ φυτεύων…καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, ἕν εἰσιν	1	he who plants and he who waters are one	Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	3	8	za43		ἕν εἰσιν	1	are one	Here, **one** could mean: (1) “united in purpose” or (2) “equal in importance.”
+1CO	3	8	za43		ἕν εἰσιν	1	are one	Here, **one** could mean: (1) “united in purpose” (2) “equal in importance.”
 1CO	3	8	zd36		μισθὸν	1	wages	an amount of money that a worker receives for his work
 1CO	3	9	gj26	figs-exclusive	ἐσμεν	1	we are brutally beaten	This refers to Paul and Apollos but not the Corinthian church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	3	9	r9sn		Θεοῦ…συνεργοί	1	God’s fellow workers	Paul considers himself and Apollos as working together.
-1CO	3	9	lqg1	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ γεώργιον	1	God’s garden	This could mean: (1) being God’s garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that God makes grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	3	9	l2fq	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκοδομή	1	God’s building	This could mean: (1) being God’s building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that God is constructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	3	9	lqg1	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ γεώργιον	1	God’s garden	This could mean: (1) being God’s garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that belongs to God” (2) being God’s garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that God makes grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	3	9	l2fq	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκοδομή	1	God’s building	This could mean: (1) being God’s building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that belongs to God” (2) being God’s building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that God is constructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	3	10	iln9	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1	According to the grace of God that was given to me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “According to the task that God freely gave me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	3	10	a69q	figs-metaphor	θεμέλιον ἔθηκα	1	I laid a foundation	Paul equates his teaching of faith and salvation in Jesus Christ to laying a foundation for a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	3	10	pwi7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλος…ἐποικοδομεῖ	1	another is building on it	Paul is referring to the person or people who are teaching the Corinthians at that time as if they are carpenters who are constructing the building above the foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	4	9	bb41	figs-parallelism	ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν	1	God has put us apostles on display	Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1CO	4	9	vfq3	figs-metaphor	ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν	1	has put us apostles on display	God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	4	9	cs4r	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐπιθανατίους	1	like men sentenced to death	God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	4	9	cqh4	figs-merism	τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	to the world—to angels, and to human beings	This could mean: (1) “the world” consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”) or (2) the list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1CO	4	9	cqh4	figs-merism	τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	to the world—to angels, and to human beings	This could mean: (1) “the world” consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”) (2) the list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1CO	4	10	fkw2	figs-irony	ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι	1	We are fools … in dishonor	Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 1CO	4	10	wqh7		ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι	1	You are held in honor	“People treat you Corinthians as though you are important people”
 1CO	4	10	z22c		ἡμεῖς…ἄτιμοι	1	we are held in dishonor	“people shame us apostles”
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	5	2	zk7g	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε	1	Should you not mourn instead?	This rhetorical question is used to scold the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should mourn over this instead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	5	2	rr93	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἀρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ, τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ποιήσας	1	The one who did this must be removed from among you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must remove the one who did this from among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	5	3	xm4e		παρὼν…τῷ πνεύματι	1	I am present in spirit	“I am with you in spirit.” Being with them in spirit represents caring about them or wanting to be with them. Alternate translation: “I care about you” or “I want to be with you”
-1CO	5	3	ax3u		ἤδη κέκρικα…τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον	1	I have already passed judgment on the one who did this	This could mean: (1) “I have decided what you should do with the one who did this” or (2) “I have found the person who did this guilty”
+1CO	5	3	ax3u		ἤδη κέκρικα…τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον	1	I have already passed judgment on the one who did this	This could mean: (1) “I have decided what you should do with the one who did this” (2) “I have found the person who did this guilty”
 1CO	5	4	m9yz		συναχθέντων ὑμῶν	1	When you are assembled	“When you are together” or “When you meet together”
-1CO	5	4	t83d	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus	This could mean: (1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus” or (2) being assembled in the Lord’s name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: “to worship our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1CO	5	4	t83d	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus	This could mean: (1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus” (2) being assembled in the Lord’s name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: “to worship our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	5	5	xcf6	figs-metaphor	παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	hand this man over to Satan	Handing the man over to Satan represents not allowing the man to be part of their group so that Satan would be allowed to harm him. Alternate translation: “make this man leave your group so that Satan can harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	5	5	nq4y	figs-metaphor	εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός	1	for the destruction of the flesh	This could mean: (1) “flesh” refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: “so that Satan may harm his body” or (2) “flesh” is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “so that his sinful nature will be destroyed” or “so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	5	5	nq4y	figs-metaphor	εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός	1	for the destruction of the flesh	This could mean: (1) “flesh” refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: “so that Satan may harm his body” (2) “flesh” is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “so that his sinful nature will be destroyed” or “so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	5	5	z2cl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	so that his spirit may be saved on the day of the Lord	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God may save his spirit on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	5	6	h2hk		οὐ καλὸν τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν	1	Your boasting is not good	“Your boasting is bad”
 1CO	5	6	ng4m	figs-metaphor	οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ ζύμη, ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ?	1	Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf?	Just as a little yeast spreads throughout a whole loaf of bread, so can a little sin impact the entire fellowship of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	3	us55	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν	1	Do you not know that we will judge the angels?	Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: “You know that we will judge the angels.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	3	v5r5	figs-exclusive	κρινοῦμεν	1	we will judge	Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	6	3	x6h3	figs-rquestion	μήτι γε βιωτικά?	1	How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life?	Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	6	4	vw5t	figs-rquestion	βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε?	1	If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church?	This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question or (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1CO	6	4	vw5t	figs-rquestion	βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε?	1	If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church?	This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	4	xn32		βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε?	1	If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life	“If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life” or “If you must settle matters that are important in this life”
-1CO	6	4	e791	figs-rquestion	τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε?	1	why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church?	Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for how they are handling these cases. This could mean: (1) “you should stop giving such cases to people who are outside the church” or (2) “you could give such cases even to members of the church who are not well regarded by other believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1CO	6	4	e791	figs-rquestion	τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε?	1	why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church?	Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for how they are handling these cases. This could mean: (1) “you should stop giving such cases to people who are outside the church” (2) “you could give such cases even to members of the church who are not well regarded by other believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	5	b2vy		πρὸς ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν	1	to your shame	“to your dishonor” or “to show how you have failed in this matter”
 1CO	6	5	fue4	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἔνι ἐν ὑμῖν οὐδεὶς σοφὸς, ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ?	1	Is there no one among you wise enough to settle a dispute between brothers?	Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should be ashamed that you cannot find a wise believer to settle arguments between believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	5	l1hd		τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	9	h17l	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι	1	Or do you not know that	Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: “You already know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	9	t1rt	figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσουσιν	1	will inherit	Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	6	9	vqx4		Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν	1	will not inherit the kingdom of God	God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
-1CO	6	9	h2na	figs-merism	μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality	This could mean: (1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity or (2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1CO	6	9	blc7		μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes	This could mean: (1) men who allow other men to sleep with them or (2) men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them or (3) men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
+1CO	6	9	h2na	figs-merism	μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality	This could mean: (1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity (2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1CO	6	9	blc7		μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes	This could mean: (1) men who allow other men to sleep with them (2) men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them or (3) men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
 1CO	6	9	qja8		ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	those who practice homosexuality	men who sleep with other men
 1CO	6	10	f7gp		κλέπται	1	thieves	people who steal from others
 1CO	6	10	bgj9		πλεονέκται	1	the greedy	people who are willing to use evil means to take others’ property
@@ -260,10 +260,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	11	gnr6	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθητε	1	you were justified	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has made you right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	6	11	s55x	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ	**Name** here is a metonym for the power and authority of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the power and authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	6	12	sw2e			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that God wants them pure because Christ has bought them with his death. Their bodies are now God’s temple. He does so by saying what the Corinthians might say and then correcting them.
-1CO	6	12	r4mx		πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν	1	Everything is lawful for me	This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
+1CO	6	12	r4mx		πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν	1	Everything is lawful for me	This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
 1CO	6	12	q7dc		ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει	1	but not everything is beneficial	Paul is answering whoever says, “Everything is lawful for me.” Alternate translation: “but not everything is good for me”
 1CO	6	12	c8vz	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος	1	I will not be mastered by any of them	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow these things to rule over me like a master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	6	13	jz55		τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει	1	“Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but God will do away with both of them	This could mean: (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food or (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
+1CO	6	13	jz55		τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει	1	“Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but God will do away with both of them	This could mean: (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
 1CO	6	13	jta4		τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει	1	Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food	One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as “stomach” and “food.”
 1CO	6	13	uc1v		καταργήσει	1	do away with	“destroy”
 1CO	6	14	ev9l		τὸν Κύριον ἤγειρεν	1	raised the Lord	“caused the Lord to live again”
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	16	z54k	figs-activepassive	ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν	1	he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	6	17	c2tb	figs-activepassive	ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1	he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	6	18	ex92	figs-metaphor	φεύγετε	1	Flee from	Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	6	18	sc9d	figs-explicit	τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ	1	immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but	This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1CO	6	18	sc9d	figs-explicit	τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ	1	immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but	This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	6	18	jr46		ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος	1	sin that a person commits	“evil deed that a person does”
 1CO	6	19	qy5j	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν	1	Do you not know … God?…that you are not your own?	Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you … God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	19	bb35		τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν	1	your body	the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit
@@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	1	iue7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives the believers some specific instructions on marriage.
 1CO	7	1	y4lx		δὲ	1	Now	Paul is introducing a new topic in his teaching.
 1CO	7	1	jq21		ὧν ἐγράψατε	1	the issues you wrote about	The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
-1CO	7	1	erl5		καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι	1	“It is good for a man not to touch a woman.”	This could mean: (1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘It is good for a man not to touch a woman.’” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: “my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman.”
+1CO	7	1	erl5		καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι	1	“It is good for a man not to touch a woman.”	This could mean: (1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘It is good for a man not to touch a woman.’” (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: “my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman.”
 1CO	7	1	ui5c		καλὸν	1	It is good	“It is most helpful”
-1CO	7	1	cm7y		ἀνθρώπῳ	1	for a man	This could mean: (1) “a man” refers to a married man. Alternate translation: “a husband” or (2) “a man” refers to any man.
-1CO	7	1	mx7w	figs-euphemism	γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι	1	not to touch a woman	This could mean: (1) “touch a woman” is a euphemism for having sexual relations. Alternate translation: “not to have sexual relations with his wife for a while” or (2) “touch a woman” is a metonym for marry. Alternate translation: “not to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CO	7	2	c3uq		διὰ δὲ	1	But because	This could mean: (1) Paul is responding to what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “That is true, but because” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks.
+1CO	7	1	cm7y		ἀνθρώπῳ	1	for a man	This could mean: (1) “a man” refers to a married man. Alternate translation: “a husband” (2) “a man” refers to any man.
+1CO	7	1	mx7w	figs-euphemism	γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι	1	not to touch a woman	This could mean: (1) “touch a woman” is a euphemism for having sexual relations. Alternate translation: “not to have sexual relations with his wife for a while” (2) “touch a woman” is a metonym for marry. Alternate translation: “not to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1CO	7	2	c3uq		διὰ δὲ	1	But because	This could mean: (1) Paul is responding to what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “That is true, but because” (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks.
 1CO	7	2	fys4		διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας, ἕκαστος	1	But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each	“But because Satan tempts people to commit sexual sin, each” or “But we desire to commit sexual sin because of our sinful nature, so each”
 1CO	7	3	mj8l	figs-euphemism	ὀφειλὴν	1	sexual rights	Both husbands and wives are obligated to regularly sleep with their spouses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1CO	7	3	vhv1	figs-ellipsis	ὁμοίως…καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί	1	likewise the wife to her husband	The words “should give” and “sexual rights” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “likewise the wife should give to her husband his sexual rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	5	d3er		σχολάσητε	1	devote yourselves	“commit yourselves”
 1CO	7	5	s1ya		πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἦτε	1	come together again	“sleep together again”
 1CO	7	5	ii8n		διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν	1	because of your lack of self-control	“because after some days, your sexual desires will be harder to keep under control”
-1CO	7	6	xe7r		τοῦτο δὲ λέγω κατὰ συνγνώμην, οὐ κατ’ ἐπιταγήν	1	I say these things to you as a concession and not as a command	Possible meanings are Paul is telling the Corinthians that he is allowing them, but not commanding them, (1) to marry and sleep together or (2) to stop sleeping together for a time.
+1CO	7	6	xe7r		τοῦτο δὲ λέγω κατὰ συνγνώμην, οὐ κατ’ ἐπιταγήν	1	I say these things to you as a concession and not as a command	Possible meanings are Paul is telling the Corinthians that he is allowing them, but not commanding them, (1) to marry and sleep together (2) to stop sleeping together for a time.
 1CO	7	7	rbe7		εἶναι ὡς καὶ ἐμαυτόν	1	were as I am	Either Paul had never married or his wife had died. It is unlikely that he had been through a divorce.
 1CO	7	7	w9ld		ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα ἐκ Θεοῦ; ὁ μὲν οὕτως, ὁ δὲ οὕτως	1	But each one has his own gift from God. One has this kind of gift, and another that kind	“God enables people to do different things. He enables one person to do one thing and another person to do something different”
 1CO	7	8	a58l		τοῖς ἀγάμοις	1	the unmarried	“this those who are not married”
@@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	11	jd5w		μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	should not divorce	Paul’s readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: “should not separate from”
 1CO	7	12	k9yd		συνευδοκεῖ	1	agrees	willing or satisfied
 1CO	7	13	mw6k		ἄνδρα	1	husband	This is the same Greek word as for “man.”
-1CO	7	14	l84p	figs-activepassive	ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί	1	For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife	This could mean: (1) “For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	7	14	l84p	figs-activepassive	ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί	1	For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife	This could mean: (1) “For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife” (2) “God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	14	s3gw		ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί	1	husband … wife	These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.”
-1CO	7	14	w5y9	figs-activepassive	ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother	This could mean: (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	7	14	w5y9	figs-activepassive	ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother	This could mean: (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	14	i1x4		τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	the brother	the believing man or husband
-1CO	7	14	fmu5	figs-activepassive	ἅγιά ἐστιν	1	they are set apart	This could mean: (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	7	14	fmu5	figs-activepassive	ἅγιά ἐστιν	1	they are set apart	This could mean: (1) “God has set them apart for himself” (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	15	jef4	figs-metaphor	οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις	1	In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows	Here, **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here, **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	16	l559	figs-you	οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις	1	do you know, woman … you will save your husband … do you know, man … you will save your wife	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	7	16	h5td	figs-rquestion	τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις	1	how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband?	Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	35	rp3w		βρόχον	1	constraint	restriction
 1CO	7	35	ffx4		εὐπάρεδρον	1	devoted	“can concentrate on”
 1CO	7	36	jn8j		ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ	1	he is acting improperly toward	“not being kind to” or “not honoring”
-1CO	7	36	crb8		τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ	1	his virgin	This could mean: (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” or (2) “his virgin daughter.”
-1CO	7	36	wdj5		γαμείτωσαν	1	let them marry	This could mean: (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
+1CO	7	36	crb8		τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ	1	his virgin	This could mean: (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” (2) “his virgin daughter.”
+1CO	7	36	wdj5		γαμείτωσαν	1	let them marry	This could mean: (1) “He should marry his fiancée” (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
 1CO	7	37	nm99	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος	1	But if he is standing firm in his heart	Here, **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here, **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	7	39	d413	figs-metaphor	γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς	1	A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives	Here, **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	7	39	ms7z		ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ	1	for as long as … lives	“until he dies”
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	1	re1t	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα	1	Have I not seen Jesus our Lord?	Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	1	zd7e	figs-rquestion	οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Are you not my workmanship in the Lord?	Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	2	j6qz	figs-metonymy	ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord	**Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CO	9	3	b17x		ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη:	1	This is my defense … me:	This could mean: (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.”
+1CO	9	3	b17x		ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη:	1	This is my defense … me:	This could mean: (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.”
 1CO	9	4	mr4g	figs-rquestion	μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν	1	Do we not have the right to eat and drink?	Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	4	p4vq	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν	1	we … have	Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	9	5	s9k8	figs-rquestion	μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς?	1	Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas?	Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	12	vt6t		μή τινα ἐνκοπὴν δῶμεν	1	to cause any hindrance	“be a burden to” or “stop the spread of”
 1CO	9	13	slf9	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν	1	Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple	Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	13	wwj4	figs-rquestion	οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες, τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συνμερίζονται?	1	those who serve at the altar partake from the altar?	Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you that those who serve at the altar get some of the foods and meat that people offer on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	9	14	rj38	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν	1	get their living from the gospel	The words **the gospel** here are a metonym for (1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news,” or (2) the result of working to tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1CO	9	14	rj38	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν	1	get their living from the gospel	The words **the gospel** here are a metonym for (1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news,” (2) the result of working to tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	9	15	fs7a		τούτων	1	these rights	“these things that I deserve”
 1CO	9	15	sy42	figs-activepassive	ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί	1	so that this might be done for me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so you will do something for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	9	15	fd69		τὸ καύχημά μου…κενώσει	1	deprive me of my boasting	“take away this opportunity I have to boast”
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	10	22	h9fh		παραζηλοῦμεν	1	provoke	to anger or irritate
 1CO	10	22	zv17	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν?	1	We are not stronger than him, are we?	Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that we are not stronger than God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	10	23	ped1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul again reminds them of the law of liberty and doing everything for the benefit of others.
-1CO	10	23	tu2m		πάντα ἔξεστιν	1	Everything is lawful	This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
+1CO	10	23	tu2m		πάντα ἔξεστιν	1	Everything is lawful	This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
 1CO	10	23	jm4k		οὐ πάντα συμφέρει	1	not everything is beneficial	“some things are not beneficial”
 1CO	10	23	ex6z	figs-metaphor	οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ	1	not everything builds people up	Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	10	27	g31y		ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν	1	you without asking questions of conscience	“you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience”
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	10	28	qi77	figs-you	ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα	1	says to you … do not eat … informed you	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	10	29	v1d9	figs-you	συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ	1	the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours	Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of **yours** here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) The words **For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?** in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	10	29	s1wk	figs-you	οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ	1	and not yours	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **yours** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-1CO	10	29	k8xr		ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως?	1	For why … conscience?	Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’”
+1CO	10	29	k8xr		ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως?	1	For why … conscience?	Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’”
 1CO	10	29	d4q1	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως?	1	why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?	The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	10	30	dv5f	figs-rquestion	εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ?	1	If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks?	The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	10	30	x2v5		εἰ ἐγὼ…μετέχω	1	If I partake	If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the “I” represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats”
@@ -506,23 +506,23 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	intro	abce			0		# 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Proper conduct in a church service<br><br>### Disorderly women<br><br>Paul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.<br><br>### The Lord’s Supper<br><br>There were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### The head<br><br>Paul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	11	1	h5fg			0	Connecting Statement:	After reminding them to follow him the way he follows Christ, Paul gives some specific instructs in how women and men are to live as believers.
 1CO	11	2	qsk9		πάντα μου μέμνησθε	1	you remember me in everything	“you think of me at all times” or “you always try act as I would want you to act” The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them.
-1CO	11	3	k5um		θέλω δὲ	1	Now I want	This could mean: (1) “Because of this, I want” or (2) “However, I want.”
+1CO	11	3	k5um		θέλω δὲ	1	Now I want	This could mean: (1) “Because of this, I want” (2) “However, I want.”
 1CO	11	3	hbt7		ἡ κεφαλὴ…ἐστιν	1	is the head	has authority over
-1CO	11	3	en95		κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ	1	a man is the head of a woman	This could mean: (1) “men are to have authority over women” or (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife”
+1CO	11	3	en95		κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ	1	a man is the head of a woman	This could mean: (1) “men are to have authority over women” (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife”
 1CO	11	4	uuv2		κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων	1	having something on his head	“and does so after placing a cloth or veil over his head”
-1CO	11	4	lit3		καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	dishonors his head	This could mean: (1) “brings disgrace on himself” or (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.”
-1CO	11	5	b7ku		γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς	1	woman who prays … dishonors her head	This could mean: (1) “woman who prays … brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays … brings disgrace on her husband.”
+1CO	11	4	lit3		καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	dishonors his head	This could mean: (1) “brings disgrace on himself” (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.”
+1CO	11	5	b7ku		γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς	1	woman who prays … dishonors her head	This could mean: (1) “woman who prays … brings disgrace on herself” (2) “wife who prays … brings disgrace on her husband.”
 1CO	11	5	k5yl		ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ	1	with her head uncovered	That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders.
 1CO	11	5	e1pz		τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ	1	as if her head were shaved	as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
 1CO	11	6	s4r5		εἰ…αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ	1	If it is disgraceful for a woman	It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
 1CO	11	6	i624		κατακαλύπτεται	1	cover her head	place on her head the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders
-1CO	11	7	aa4r	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν	1	should not have his head covered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	11	7	aa4r	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν	1	should not have his head covered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “must not cover his head” (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	11	7	t5jn		δόξα ἀνδρός	1	glory of the man	Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character.
 1CO	11	8	s5ns	figs-activepassive	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός.	1	For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man	God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	11	9	w8jm		γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα	1	For neither … for man	These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why … the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
-1CO	11	10	wh4c		ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς	1	have a symbol of authority on her head	This could mean: (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
+1CO	11	10	wh4c		ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς	1	have a symbol of authority on her head	This could mean: (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
 1CO	11	11	pir4		πλὴν…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Nevertheless, in the Lord	“While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord”
-1CO	11	11	h9t4		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in the Lord	This could mean: (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.”
+1CO	11	11	h9t4		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in the Lord	This could mean: (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” (2) “in the world as created by God.”
 1CO	11	11	hqy4	figs-doublenegatives	οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς, οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	the woman is not independent from the man, nor is the man independent from the woman	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “the woman depends on the man, and the man depends on the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1CO	11	12	i8qu		τὰ…πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	all things come from God	“God created everything”
 1CO	11	13	eex3		ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε	1	Judge for yourselves	“Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know”
@@ -537,10 +537,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	17	du1a		οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον	1	it is not for the better but for the worse	“you do not help each other; instead, you harm each other”
 1CO	11	18	iu3q		ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	in the church	“as believers.” Paul is not talking about being inside a building.
 1CO	11	18	l9vx		σχίσματα ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν	1	there are divisions among you	“you divide yourselves into opposing groups”
-1CO	11	19	s9sy	figs-irony	δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι	1	For there must also be factions among you	This could mean: (1) the word **must** indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” or (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+1CO	11	19	s9sy	figs-irony	δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι	1	For there must also be factions among you	This could mean: (1) the word **must** indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 1CO	11	19	kcr7		αἱρέσεις	1	factions	opposing groups of people
-1CO	11	19	vfv4	figs-irony	ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that those who are approved may be recognized among you	This could mean: (1) “so that people will know the most highly regarded believers among you” or (2) “so that people can display this approval to the others among you.” Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-1CO	11	19	j7db		δόκιμοι	1	who are approved	This could mean: (1) “whom God approves” or (2) “whom you, the church, approve.”
+1CO	11	19	vfv4	figs-irony	ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that those who are approved may be recognized among you	This could mean: (1) “so that people will know the most highly regarded believers among you” (2) “so that people can display this approval to the others among you.” Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+1CO	11	19	j7db		δόκιμοι	1	who are approved	This could mean: (1) “whom God approves” (2) “whom you, the church, approve.”
 1CO	11	20	x9h5		συνερχομένων	1	come together	“gather together”
 1CO	11	20	dse7		οὐκ ἔστιν Κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν	1	it is not the Lord’s Supper that you eat	“you may believe you are eating the Lord’s Supper, but you do not treat it with respect”
 1CO	11	22	zl1h		ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν	1	to eat and to drink in	“in which to gather for a meal”
@@ -551,13 +551,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	11	23	c197	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδετο	1	on the night when he was betrayed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “on the night that Judas Iscariot betrayed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	11	24	e19d		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	“he pulled pieces from it”
 1CO	11	24	f6hn		τοῦτό μού ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα	1	This is my body	“The bread I am holding is my body”
-1CO	11	25	gr2k		τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup	It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply “a cup” or “some cup” or “any cup.” This could mean: (1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use or (2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
+1CO	11	25	gr2k		τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup	It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply “a cup” or “some cup” or “any cup.” This could mean: (1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use (2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
 1CO	11	25	z54e		τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις ἐὰν πίνητε	1	Do this as often as you drink it	“Drink from this cup, and as often as you drink from it”
 1CO	11	26	sj1l		τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλετε	1	proclaim the Lord’s death	teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
 1CO	11	26	m89f	figs-explicit	ἄχρι οὗ ἔλθῃ	1	until he comes	Where Jesus comes to can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until Jesus comes back to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	11	27	as6y		ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν ἄρτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord	“eats the bread of the Lord or drinks the cup of the Lord”
 1CO	11	28	nhx7	figs-metaphor	δοκιμαζέτω	1	examine	Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how “test the quality” is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	11	29	gqd2		μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα	1	without discerning the body	This could mean: (1) “and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord” or (2) “and does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.”
+1CO	11	29	gqd2		μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα	1	without discerning the body	This could mean: (1) “and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord” (2) “and does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.”
 1CO	11	30	kbi6		ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄρρωστοι	1	weak and ill	These words mean almost the same thing and can be combined, as in UST.
 1CO	11	30	vx5t	figs-euphemism	κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί	1	and many of you have fallen asleep	**Sleep** here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “and some of you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
 1CO	11	30	bh6j	figs-explicit	ἱκανοί	1	many of you	If this would sound like Paul is talking to those who have died, you may need to make explicit that he is not. Alternate translation: “some of the members of your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	1	da2e			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
 1CO	12	1	i3k7	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1CO	12	2	hbt8	figs-metaphor	ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι	1	you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them	Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	12	3	zg4j		οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει	1	no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say	This could mean: (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” or (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
+1CO	12	3	zg4j		οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει	1	no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say	This could mean: (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
 1CO	12	3	jak6		ἀνάθεμα Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus is accursed	“God will punish Jesus” or “God will make Jesus suffer”
 1CO	12	6	eth3		ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν	1	who is working all things in everyone	“causes everyone to have them”
 1CO	12	7	x7mv	figs-activepassive	ἑκάστῳ…δίδοται	1	to each one is given	This can be stated in active form. God is the one who does the giving ([1 Corinthians 12:6](../12/06.md)). Alternate translation: “God gives to each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	10	c14y		ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν	1	the interpretation of tongues	This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: “the ability to interpret what is said in other languages”
 1CO	12	11	z383		τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα	1	one and the same Spirit	God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
 1CO	12	12	j3xl			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers, God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
-1CO	12	13	g8uk	figs-activepassive	γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1	For by one Spirit we were all baptized	This could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	12	13	g8uk	figs-activepassive	γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1	For by one Spirit we were all baptized	This could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	12	13	r9hm	figs-metonymy	εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι	1	whether bound or free	**Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	12	13	r5kw	figs-activepassive	πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν	1	all were made to drink of one Spirit	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	12	17	rsl6	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις?	1	where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be?	This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything … you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	25	z4kk		μὴ ᾖ σχίσμα ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ	1	there may be no division within the body, but	“the body may be unified, and”
 1CO	12	26	da97	figs-activepassive	δοξάζεται μέλος	1	one member is honored	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone gives honor to one member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	12	27	z2ct		ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε	1	Now you are	Here the word **now** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
-1CO	12	28	ll3s		πρῶτον ἀποστόλους	1	first apostles	This could mean: (1) “the first gift I will mention is apostles” or (2) “the most important gift is apostles.”
+1CO	12	28	ll3s		πρῶτον ἀποστόλους	1	first apostles	This could mean: (1) “the first gift I will mention is apostles” (2) “the most important gift is apostles.”
 1CO	12	28	unh1		ἀντιλήμψεις	1	those who provide helps	“those who provide help to other believers”
 1CO	12	28	l6p1		κυβερνήσεις	1	those who do the work of administration	“those who govern the church”
 1CO	12	28	w726		κυβερνήσεις	1	those who have various kinds of tongues	an individual who can speak in one or more foreign languages without having studied that language
@@ -612,10 +612,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	30	q8ht	figs-rquestion	μὴ πάντες γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν?	1	Do all of them speak with tongues?	This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “Not all of them speak with tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	12	30	d3k8	figs-rquestion	μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν?	1	Do all of them interpret tongues?	This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “Not all of them interpret tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	12	30	ab9e		διερμηνεύουσιν	1	interpret	This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
-1CO	12	31	vb1m		ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα	1	earnestly desire the greater gifts.	This could mean: (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” or (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.”
+1CO	12	31	vb1m		ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα	1	earnestly desire the greater gifts.	This could mean: (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.”
 1CO	13	intro	abcg			0		# 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Love<br><br>Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	13	1	n8lm			0	Connecting Statement:	Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
-1CO	13	1	cm2n	figs-hyperbole	ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	the tongues of … angels	This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1CO	13	1	cm2n	figs-hyperbole	ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	the tongues of … angels	This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	13	1	k2gk	figs-metaphor	γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον	1	I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal	I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	13	1	krt1	translate-unknown	χαλκὸς	1	gong	a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	13	1	qbx6	translate-unknown	κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον	1	a clanging cymbal	two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	13	6	tpz6	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συνχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	It does not rejoice in unrighteousness. Instead, it rejoices in the truth	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “It rejoices only in righteousness and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1CO	13	7	vf6x	figs-personification		0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	13	12	bn3h		βλέπομεν γὰρ ἄρτι δι’ ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι	1	For now we see indirectly in a mirror	Mirrors in Paul’s day were made of polished metal rather than glass and provided a dim, vague reflection.
-1CO	13	12	w2eu		βλέπομεν…ἄρτι	1	now we see	This could mean: (1) “now we see Christ” or (2) “now we see God.”
+1CO	13	12	w2eu		βλέπομεν…ἄρτι	1	now we see	This could mean: (1) “now we see Christ” (2) “now we see God.”
 1CO	13	12	xx1g	figs-ellipsis	τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον	1	but then face to face	“but then we will see Christ face to face” This means that we will be physically present with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1CO	13	12	qp7g	figs-ellipsis	ἐπιγνώσομαι	1	I will know fully	The word “Christ” is understood. Alternate translation: “I will know Christ fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	13	12	i28w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην	1	just as I have also been fully known	This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “just as Christ has known me fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	15	fi2f		τῷ νοΐ	1	with my mind	“with words that I understand”
 1CO	14	16	niu5	figs-you	εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις	1	you praise God … you are giving thanks … you are saying	Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	14	16	r4w5	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν?	1	how will the outsider say “Amen”…saying?	This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’…saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	14	16	j3e3		τοῦ ἰδιώτου	1	the ungifted	This could mean: (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.”
+1CO	14	16	j3e3		τοῦ ἰδιώτου	1	the ungifted	This could mean: (1) “another person” (2) “people who are new to your group.”
 1CO	14	16	ev63	figs-synecdoche	ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν	1	say “Amen”	“be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1CO	14	17	a7wr	figs-you	σὺ μὲν…εὐχαριστεῖς	1	you certainly give	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	14	17	w25k	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται	1	the other person is not built up	Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the other person is not strengthened” or “what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -674,13 +674,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	27	wc1z		καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος	1	and each one in turn	“and they should speak one after another” or “and they should speak one at a time”
 1CO	14	27	zh9z	figs-activepassive	διερμηνευέτω	1	must interpret	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “interpret what they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	14	27	ari2		διερμηνευέτω	1	must interpret	This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how “interpret” is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
-1CO	14	29	a9iz		προφῆται…δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν	1	Let two or three prophets speak	This could mean: (1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or (2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
+1CO	14	29	a9iz		προφῆται…δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν	1	Let two or three prophets speak	This could mean: (1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting (2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
 1CO	14	29	m5l8	figs-activepassive	προφῆται δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν	1	to what is said	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	14	30	sl1q	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν…ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ	1	if a revelation is given to another	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God gives someone insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	14	31	xr69		καθ’ ἕνα…προφητεύειν	1	prophesy one by one	Only one person should prophesy at a time.
 1CO	14	31	nrq1	figs-activepassive	πάντες…παρακαλῶνται	1	all may be encouraged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may encourage all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	14	33	my65		οὐ…ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ Θεὸς	1	God is not a God of confusion	God does not create confusing situations by making people all speak at the same time.
-1CO	14	34	gjv2		σιγάτωσαν	1	let be silent	This could mean: (1) stop speaking, (2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or (3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
+1CO	14	34	gjv2		σιγάτωσαν	1	let be silent	This could mean: (1) stop speaking. (2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or (3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
 1CO	14	36	h8lp	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν, ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν?	1	Did the word of God come from you? Are you the only ones it has reached?	Paul emphasizes that the Corinthians are not the only ones who understand what God wants Christians to do. Alternate translation: “The word of God did not come from you in Corinth; you are not the only people who understand God’s will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	14	36	mj6b	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	**Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	14	37	ab6u		ἐπιγινωσκέτω	1	he should acknowledge	A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul’s writings as coming from the Lord.
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	1	xv53	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…ἑστήκατε	1	on which you stand	Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	15	2	xh29	figs-activepassive	σῴζεσθε	1	you are being saved	This can be stated in active form. “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	2	le2k		τίνι λόγῳ εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν	1	the word I preached to you	“the message I preached to you”
-1CO	15	3	sp4p		ἐν πρώτοις	1	as of first importance	This could mean: (1) as the most important of many things or (2) as the first in time .
+1CO	15	3	sp4p		ἐν πρώτοις	1	as of first importance	This could mean: (1) as the most important of many things (2) as the first in time .
 1CO	15	3	azw6		ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1	for our sins	“to pay for our sins” or “so that God could forgive our sins”
 1CO	15	3	inj2		κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς	1	according to the scriptures	Paul is referring to the writings of the Old Testament.
 1CO	15	4	wa7m	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	he was buried	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	8	vg7t	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐκτρώματι	1	a child born at the wrong time	This is an idiom by which Paul may mean that he became a Christian much later than the other apostles. Or perhaps he means that, unlike the other apostles, he did not witness Jesus’ three-year-long ministry. Alternate translation: “someone who missed the experiences of the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	10	xiq6		χάριτι…Θεοῦ, εἰμι ὅ εἰμι	1	by the grace of God I am what I am	God’s grace or kindness has made Paul as he is now.
 1CO	15	10	n45h	figs-litotes	ἡ χάρις αὐτοῦ ἡ εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Paul is emphasizing through litotes that God worked through Paul. Alternate translation: “because he was kind to me, I was able to do much good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-1CO	15	10	xh95	figs-metaphor	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	the grace of God that is with me	Paul speaks of the work he was able to do because God was kind to him as if that grace were actually doing the work. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) this is literally true, and God actually did the work and kindly used Paul as a tool or (2) Paul is using a metaphor and saying that God was kind to let Paul do the work and to make Paul’s work have good results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	15	10	xh95	figs-metaphor	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί	1	the grace of God that is with me	Paul speaks of the work he was able to do because God was kind to him as if that grace were actually doing the work. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) this is literally true, and God actually did the work and kindly used Paul as a tool (2) Paul is using a metaphor and saying that God was kind to let Paul do the work and to make Paul’s work have good results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	15	12	ub2p	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν ἐν ὑμῖν τινες, ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν?	1	how can some of you say there is no resurrection of the dead?	Paul is using this question to begin a new topic. Alternate translation: “you should not be saying that there is no resurrection of the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	15	12	jbi8		ἐγήγερται	1	raised	made alive again
 1CO	15	13	cn2m	figs-hypo	εἰ…ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδὲ Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται	1	if there is no resurrection of the dead, then not even Christ has been raised	Paul is using a hypothetical case to argue that there is a resurrection of the dead. He knows that Christ has been raised and so infers that there is a resurrection. To say that there is no resurrection is to say that Christ has not been raised, but this is false because Paul has seen the resurrected Christ ([1 Corinthians 15:8](../15/08.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -744,12 +744,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	31	znl3	figs-explicit	τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν	1	my boasting in you, brothers, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord	Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: “my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	31	p3ym		τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν	1	my boasting in you	“the way I tell other people how good you are”
 1CO	15	32	q6mb	figs-rquestion	εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται	1	What do I gain … if I fought with beasts at Ephesus … not raised	Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing … by fighting with beasts at Ephesus … not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	15	32	lm3v	figs-metaphor	ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ	1	I fought with beasts at Ephesus	Paul is referring to something that he actually did. This could mean: (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	15	32	lm3v	figs-metaphor	ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ	1	I fought with beasts at Ephesus	Paul is referring to something that he actually did. This could mean: (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	15	32	c36a		φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν	1	Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die	Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope.
 1CO	15	33	q7uc		φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
 1CO	15	34	gr3v		ἐκνήψατε	1	Sober up	“You must think seriously about this”
 1CO	15	35	w4hk			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives some specifics about how the resurrection of the believers’ bodies will take place. He gives a picture of natural and spiritual bodies and compares the first man Adam with the last Adam, Christ.
-1CO	15	35	hw4a	figs-rquestion	ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται?	1	But someone will say, “How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?”	This could mean: (1) The person is asking sincerely or (2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1CO	15	35	hw4a	figs-rquestion	ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται?	1	But someone will say, “How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?”	This could mean: (1) The person is asking sincerely (2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	15	35	ty4t		ἐρεῖ τις	1	someone will say	“someone will ask”
 1CO	15	35	e5lv		ποίῳ…σώματι ἔρχονται	1	with what kind of body will they come	That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
 1CO	15	36	ha84	figs-you	ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις	1	You are so foolish! What you sow	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	37	h6zi	figs-you	ὃ σπείρεις	1	What you sow	Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1CO	15	38	dmx1		ὁ…Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν	1	God will give it a body as he chooses	“God will decide what kind of body it will have”
 1CO	15	39	qi8y		σὰρξ	1	flesh	In the context of animals, “flesh” may be translated as “body,” “skin,” or “meat.”
-1CO	15	40	d9k2		σώματα ἐπουράνια	1	heavenly bodies	This could mean: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky or (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
+1CO	15	40	d9k2		σώματα ἐπουράνια	1	heavenly bodies	This could mean: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
 1CO	15	40	k9pg		σώματα ἐπίγεια	1	earthly bodies	This refers to humans.
 1CO	15	40	qg3p		ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων	1	the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another	“the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
 1CO	15	40	j1kb		δόξα	1	glory	Here, **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	48	s9pn		οἱ…ἐπουράνιοι	1	those who are of heaven	“those who belong to God”
 1CO	15	49	mq8z		ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα	1	have borne the image … will also bear the image	“have been just like … will also be just like”
 1CO	15	50	jub2			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul wants them to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ’s victory.
-1CO	15	50	mwy3	figs-parallelism	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ	1	flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable	This could mean: (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” or (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1CO	15	50	mwy3	figs-parallelism	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ	1	flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable	This could mean: (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1CO	15	50	nz7s	figs-metaphor	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα	1	flesh and blood	Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	15	50	e4gd	figs-metaphor	κληρονομῆσαι	1	inherit	Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	15	50	b9hc		ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν	1	the perishable … the imperishable	“can rot … cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
@@ -803,10 +803,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	16	1	zh6u			0	Connecting Statement:	In his closing notes, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers to collect money for the needy believers in Jerusalem. He reminds them that Timothy will come to them before he goes to Paul.
 1CO	16	1	yer5		εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους	1	for the saints	Paul was collecting money from his churches for the poor Jewish Christians in Jerusalem and Judea.
 1CO	16	1	kh6h		ὥσπερ διέταξα	1	as I directed	“as I gave specific instructions”
-1CO	16	2	h8n9		θησαυρίζων	1	storing up	Possible meanings are: (1) “keep it at home” or (2) “leave it with the church”
+1CO	16	2	h8n9		θησαυρίζων	1	storing up	Possible meanings are: (1) “keep it at home” (2) “leave it with the church”
 1CO	16	2	wc3w		ἵνα μὴ ὅταν ἔλθω, τότε λογεῖαι γίνωνται	1	so that there will be no collections when I come	“so that you will not have to collect more money while I am with you”
 1CO	16	3	yj6c		οὓς ἐὰν δοκιμάσητε	1	whomever you approve	Paul is telling the church to choose some of their own people to take their offering to Jerusalem. “whomever you choose” or “the people you appoint”
-1CO	16	3	j612		δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω	1	I will send with letters	This could mean: (1) “I will send with letters that I will write” or (2) “I will send with letters that you will write.”
+1CO	16	3	j612		δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω	1	I will send with letters	This could mean: (1) “I will send with letters that I will write” (2) “I will send with letters that you will write.”
 1CO	16	6	w94k		ὑμεῖς με προπέμψητε, οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι	1	you may help me on my way, wherever I go	This means they might give Paul money or other things he needs so that he and his ministry team could continue to travel.
 1CO	16	7	xr88		οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἄρτι…ἰδεῖν	1	I do not wish to see you now	Paul is stating that he wants to visit for a long time later, not just for a short time soon.
 1CO	16	8	qkw9		τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	Pentecost	Paul would stay in Ephesus until this festival, which came in May or June, 50 days after Passover. He would then travel through Macedonia, and later try to arrive in Corinth before winter started in November.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	16	12	is6j	figs-exclusive	Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	our brother Apollos	Here the word **our** refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	16	13	p2la	figs-parallelism	γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε	1	Stay alert; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong	Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1CO	16	13	ng8n	figs-metaphor	γρηγορεῖτε	1	Stay alert	Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	16	13	uys8	figs-metaphor	στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει	1	stand firm in the faith	Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. This could mean: (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO	16	13	uys8	figs-metaphor	στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει	1	stand firm in the faith	Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. This could mean: (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	16	13	a3fs	figs-metaphor	ἀνδρίζεσθε	1	act like men	In the society in which Paul and his audience lived, men usually provided for families by doing the heavy work and fighting against invaders. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “be responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	16	14	rij5		πάντα ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω	1	Let all that you do be done in love	“Everything you do should show people that you love them”
 1CO	16	15	fy4e			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to close his letter and sends greetings from other churches, as well as from Prisca, Aquila, and Paul himself.
diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
index 55b4f61a41..6e5ca5a09d 100644
--- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	3	px2q	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	3	k7dl		ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ	1	the God and Father	“God, who is the Father”
 2CO	1	3	pg4a	figs-parallelism	ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-2CO	1	3	blv4		ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	This could mean: (1) that the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** or (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
+2CO	1	3	blv4		ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	This could mean: (1) that the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
 2CO	1	4	n2lc	figs-exclusive	παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	comforts us in all our affliction	Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	1	5	nn5a	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς	1	For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us	Paul speaks of Christ’s sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	1	5	i254		τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sufferings of Christ	This could mean: (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
+2CO	1	5	i254		τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sufferings of Christ	This could mean: (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
 2CO	1	5	tg9w	figs-metaphor	περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν	1	our comfort abounds	Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	6	y9bi	figs-exclusive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1	But if we are afflicted	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	6	wyj4	figs-activepassive	εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα	1	if we are comforted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	19	hd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2CO	1	20	h2xc	figs-explicit	ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί	1	all the promises of God are “Yes” in him	This means that Jesus guarantees all of God’s promises. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	1	20	h4uv		ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν	1	“Yes” in him … through him we say	The word **him** refers to Jesus Christ.
-2CO	1	21	d3s3		ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός	1	Now God is the one who establishes us with you	This could mean: (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” or (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.”
-2CO	1	21	tjc6		χρίσας ἡμᾶς	1	he anointed us	This could mean: (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” or (2) “he chose us to be his people.”
+2CO	1	21	d3s3		ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός	1	Now God is the one who establishes us with you	This could mean: (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.”
+2CO	1	21	tjc6		χρίσας ἡμᾶς	1	he anointed us	This could mean: (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” (2) “he chose us to be his people.”
 2CO	1	22	z43l	figs-metaphor	ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς	1	the one who also sealed us	Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	22	xe98	figs-metonymy	δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts	Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	1	22	jcv7	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	the pledge of the Spirit	The Spirit is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	7	vpx1	figs-activepassive	μή…τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ	1	he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow	This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “too much sorrow does not overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	8	r916			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
 2CO	2	8	yi2z		κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην	1	publicly affirm your love for him	This means that they are to confirm their love for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
-2CO	2	9	xw5t	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε	1	you are obedient in everything	This could mean: (1) “you are obedient to God in everything” or (2) “you are obedient in everything that I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2CO	2	9	xw5t	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε	1	you are obedient in everything	This could mean: (1) “you are obedient to God in everything” (2) “you are obedient in everything that I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	2	10	lzp6	figs-activepassive	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	it is forgiven for your sake	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven it for your sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	2	10	cbm6		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	forgiven for your sake	This could mean: (1) “forgiven out of my love for you” or (2) “forgiven for your benefit.”
+2CO	2	10	cbm6		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	forgiven for your sake	This could mean: (1) “forgiven out of my love for you” (2) “forgiven for your benefit.”
 2CO	2	11	m46t	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν	1	For we are not ignorant of his plans	Paul uses a negative expression to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	2	12	l6vd			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
 2CO	2	12	a1ti	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord	Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the gospel as if it were a door through which he was allowed to walk. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord opened a door to me … to preach the gospel” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity … to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	13	rjy9		οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1	I had no relief in my spirit	“My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
 2CO	2	13	xd5h		Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου	1	my brother Titus	Paul speaks of Titus as his spiritual brother.
 2CO	2	13	wq6j		ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς	1	So I left them	“So I left the people of Troas”
-2CO	2	14	gpd2	figs-metaphor	τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ	1	God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph	Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. This could mean: (1) “God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph” or (2) “God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2CO	2	14	gpd2	figs-metaphor	τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ	1	God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph	Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. This could mean: (1) “God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph” (2) “God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	14	l1nr	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, φανεροῦντι δι’ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	Through us he spreads the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere	Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “He causes the knowledge of Christ to spread to everyone who hears us, just as the sweet smell of burning incense spreads to everyone near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	14	eq21		φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	he spreads … everywhere	“he spreads … everywhere we go”
 2CO	2	15	x6nn	figs-metaphor	Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ	Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were a burnt offering that someone offers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	2	15	b1k1		Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the sweet aroma of Christ	This could mean: (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” or (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.”
+2CO	2	15	b1k1		Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the sweet aroma of Christ	This could mean: (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.”
 2CO	2	15	itc8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς σῳζομένοις	1	those who are saved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	16	dwk6	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴ	1	an aroma	“the knowledge of Christ is an aroma.” This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	2	16	ud2u	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον	1	an aroma from death to death	This could mean: (1) that the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” or (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2CO	2	16	ud2u	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον	1	an aroma from death to death	This could mean: (1) that the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2CO	2	16	v2n3	figs-activepassive	οἷς	1	to the other	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	2	16	cdr3	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν	1	a fragrance from life to life	This could mean: (1) that the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” or (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2CO	2	16	cdr3	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν	1	a fragrance from life to life	This could mean: (1) that the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2CO	2	16	be6x	figs-rquestion	πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός?	1	who is worthy of these things?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	2	17	a5sa	figs-metonymy	καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who sell the word of God	**Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	2	17	x86y		εἰλικρινείας	1	sincerity	“pure motives”
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	1	y8yc	figs-rquestion	ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν?	1	We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we?	Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	3	1	ad1u		συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν	1	letters of recommendation	This is a letter that a person writes to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
 2CO	3	2	ty59	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε	1	You yourselves are our letter of recommendation	Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a letter of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	3	2	v2e7	figs-metonymy	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2CO	3	2	v2e7	figs-metonymy	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	3	2	bu1u	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	This can be stated in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	2	dr5k	figs-activepassive	γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	known and read by all people	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	s717	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ	1	you are a letter from Christ	Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -183,10 +183,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	4	9	uvq1	figs-activepassive	καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down but not destroyed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	9	z8np		καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down	“We are hurt badly”
 2CO	4	10	zt4b	figs-metaphor	πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες	1	We always carry in our body the death of Jesus	Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of the death of Jesus. Alternate translation: “We are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “We always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	10	l6f6		ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.”
+2CO	4	10	l6f6		ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.”
 2CO	4	10	w3jc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people may see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	11	ht74	figs-metaphor	ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν	1	For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus	Carrying the death of Jesus represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “For those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “People are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	11	d1wm		ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	God wants Jesus’ life be shown in us. This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.” See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
+2CO	4	11	d1wm		ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	God wants Jesus’ life be shown in us. This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.” See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
 2CO	4	11	ww5r	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	12	q3il	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	death is at work in us, but life is at work in you	Paul speaks of death and life as if they are persons who can work. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2CO	4	13	ret6		τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the same spirit of faith	“the same attitude of faith.” Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament.
@@ -235,16 +235,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	5	10	v8sl	figs-activepassive	τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος	1	the things done in the body	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	10	lsh8		εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν	1	whether for good or for bad	“whether those things were good or bad”
 2CO	5	11	dzh5		εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	knowing the fear of the Lord	“knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
-2CO	5	11	qm34	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν	1	we persuade people	This could mean: (1) “we persuade people of the truth of the gospel” or (2) “we persuade people that we are legitimate apostles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2CO	5	11	qm34	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν	1	we persuade people	This could mean: (1) “we persuade people of the truth of the gospel” (2) “we persuade people that we are legitimate apostles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	5	11	v11v	figs-activepassive	Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα	1	What we are is clearly seen by God	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	11	y5l1		καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι	1	that it is also clear to your conscience	“that you are also convinced of it”
 2CO	5	12	mza1		ἵνα ἔχητε	1	so you may have an answer	“so you may have something to say to”
 2CO	5	12	it2r	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ	1	those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart	Here the word **appearances** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	5	13	cy57	figs-idiom	εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν	1	if we are out of our minds … if we are in our right minds	Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy … if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2CO	5	14	azi9		ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the love of Christ	This could mean: (1) “Our love for Christ” or (2) “Christ’s love for us.”
+2CO	5	14	azi9		ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the love of Christ	This could mean: (1) “Our love for Christ” (2) “Christ’s love for us.”
 2CO	5	14	nd9g		ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν	1	died for all	“died for all people”
 2CO	5	15	h831		τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι	1	him who for their sake died and was raised	“him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again” or “Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised”
-2CO	5	15	ri6f		ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν	1	for them	This could mean: (1) these words refer only to “died” or (2) these words refer to both “died” and “was raised.”
+2CO	5	15	ri6f		ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν	1	for them	This could mean: (1) these words refer only to “died” (2) these words refer to both “died” and “was raised.”
 2CO	5	16	f2ww			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of Christ’s love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ’s death and receive God’s righteousness through Christ.
 2CO	5	16	ic21		ὥστε	1	For this reason	This refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
 2CO	5	17	tl3h	figs-metaphor	καινὴ κτίσις	1	he is a new creation	Paul speaks of the person who believes in Christ as if God had created a new person. Alternate translation: “he is a new person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	7	p5l5		ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ	1	in the power of God	“by showing God’s power to people”
 2CO	6	7	ven8	figs-metaphor	διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν	1	through the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left	Paul speaks of their righteousness as if it is weapons that they use to fight spiritual battles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	7	ef5b		τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the weapons of righteousness	“righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
-2CO	6	7	ijr2		τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν	1	for the right hand and for the left	This could mean: (1) that there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other or (2) that they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
+2CO	6	7	ijr2		τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν	1	for the right hand and for the left	This could mean: (1) that there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other (2) that they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
 2CO	6	8	zi7d	figs-merism		0	General Information:	Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2CO	6	8	e4pf	figs-activepassive	ὡς πλάνοι	1	as imposters	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	9	fcb5	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι	1	as if we were unknown and we are still well known	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	5	f3c5	figs-exclusive	ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	When we came to Macedonia	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	7	5	c8ju	figs-synecdoche	οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν	1	our flesh had no rest	Here, **bodies** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2CO	7	5	h3cv	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	we were troubled in every way	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we experienced trouble in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	7	5	i4wr	figs-explicit	ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι	1	by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside	Here, **outside** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2CO	7	5	i4wr	figs-explicit	ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι	1	by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside	Here, **outside** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	7	w7td	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν	1	by the comfort that Titus had received from you	Paul received comfort from knowing that the Corinthians had comforted Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	8	b2xj			0	General Information:	This refers to Paul’s previous letter to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
 2CO	7	8	jic5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul praises them for their godly sorrow, their zeal to do right, and the joy that it brought him and Titus.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	9	kn5q	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε	1	not because you were distressed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	9	l6d2	figs-idiom	ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	you would not suffer loss in anything through us	“you suffered no loss because we rebuked you.” This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	7	10	dtm3	figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation	The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO	7	10	lc4m		ἀμεταμέλητον	1	without regret	This could mean: (1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or (2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
+2CO	7	10	lc4m		ἀμεταμέλητον	1	without regret	This could mean: (1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation (2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
 2CO	7	10	lc1s	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται	1	But the sorrow of the world produces death	This kind of sorrow leads to death instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	11	l24s		ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1	For see what this very same thing	“Look and see for yourselves what great determination”
 2CO	7	11	gpp2	figs-exclamations	σπουδήν: ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν	1	what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves	Here the word **How** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	14	q5hg		ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη	1	our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true	“you proved that our boasting about you to Titus was true”
 2CO	7	15	d87j	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν	1	the obedience of all of you	This noun “obedience” can be stated with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	7	15	g9bz	figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν	1	you welcomed him with fear and trembling	Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2CO	7	15	q47h		μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	This could mean: (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
+2CO	7	15	q47h		μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	This could mean: (1) “with great reverence for God” (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
 2CO	8	intro	kl7m			0		# 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
 2CO	8	1	mm8g			0	Connecting Statement:	Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
 2CO	8	1	d1mj	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας	1	the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	9	12	esk7	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God	Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	13	plj4	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	Because of the proof of this ministry	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	13	ze14		δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone	Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
-2CO	9	15	es8c		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ	1	for his inexpressible gift	“for his gift, which words cannot describe.” This could mean: (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
+2CO	9	15	es8c		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ	1	for his inexpressible gift	“for his gift, which words cannot describe.” This could mean: (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
 2CO	10	intro	abcd			0		# 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
 2CO	10	1	yc1g			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
 2CO	10	1	gq7j	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	by the meekness and gentleness of Christ	The word **humility** and **gentleness** are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -434,15 +434,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	10	2	ik1p	figs-metonymy	ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας	1	as walking according to the flesh	The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. “we are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	10	3	cvd6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες	1	we walk in the flesh	Here, **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	10	3	k7h8	figs-metaphor	οὐ…στρατευόμεθα	1	we do not wage war	Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	10	3	gpd3	figs-metonymy	κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα	1	wage war according to the flesh	This could mean: (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2CO	10	3	gpd3	figs-metonymy	κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα	1	wage war according to the flesh	This could mean: (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	10	4	uf5s	figs-metaphor	τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες	1	the weapons we fight with … for pulling down arguments	Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with … show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	10	4	d1gj	figs-metonymy	οὐ σαρκικὰ	1	are not fleshly	This could mean: (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2CO	10	4	d1gj	figs-metonymy	οὐ σαρκικὰ	1	are not fleshly	This could mean: (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	10	5	xuz9		πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον	1	every high thing that rises up	Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if “the knowledge of God” were an army and “every high thing” were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: “every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves”
 2CO	10	5	b74d		πᾶν ὕψωμα	1	every high thing	“everything that proud people do”
 2CO	10	5	vm1a	figs-metaphor	ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	rises up against the knowledge of God	Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The words **rises up** mean “stands tall,” not that the “high thing” is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: “people use so they will not have to know who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	10	5	r2yz	figs-metaphor	αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ	Paul speaks of people’s thoughts as if they were enemy soldiers whom he captures in battle. Alternate translation: “We show how all the false ideas those people have are wrong and teach the people to obey Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	10	6	m4ds	figs-metonymy	ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν	1	to avenge every act of disobedience	The words **act of disobedience** are a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: “punish every one of you who disobey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	10	7	y2yb	figs-rquestion	τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε	1	You are looking at the appearance of things	This could mean: (1) this is a command or (2) this is a statement, “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2CO	10	7	y2yb	figs-rquestion	τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε	1	You are looking at the appearance of things	This could mean: (1) this is a command (2) this is a statement, “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	10	7	z1t5		λογιζέσθω πάλιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	let him remind himself	“he needs to remember”
 2CO	10	7	f3i9		καθὼς αὐτὸς Χριστοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we	“that we belong to Christ just as much as he does”
 2CO	10	8	d4zu	figs-metaphor	εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν ὑμῶν	1	to build you up and not to destroy you	Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. Alternate translation: “to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -541,14 +541,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	intro	abcf			0		# 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))
 2CO	12	1	iwn3			0	Connecting Statement:	In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
 2CO	12	1	iur3		ἐλεύσομαι	1	I will go on to	“I will continue talking, but now about”
-2CO	12	1	rb42	figs-hendiadys	ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου	1	visions and revelations from the Lord	This could mean: (1) Paul uses the words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+2CO	12	1	rb42	figs-hendiadys	ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου	1	visions and revelations from the Lord	This could mean: (1) Paul uses the words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2CO	12	2	cz7u		οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	I know a man in Christ	Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
 2CO	12	2	fth2		εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα	1	whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know	Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
 2CO	12	2	k4aw		τρίτου οὐρανοῦ	1	the third heaven	This refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
 2CO	12	3	cju3			0	General Information:	Paul continues to speak of himself as though he were speaking of someone else.
-2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God took this man … into paradise” or (2) “an angel took this man … into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took … paradise” or “they took … paradise.”
+2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God took this man … into paradise” (2) “an angel took this man … into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took … paradise” or “they took … paradise.”
 2CO	12	4	wm7y		ἡρπάγη	1	caught up	suddenly and forcefully held and taken
-2CO	12	4	ic45		τὸν Παράδεισον	1	paradise	This could mean: (1) heaven or (2) the third heaven or (3) a special place in heaven.
+2CO	12	4	ic45		τὸν Παράδεισον	1	paradise	This could mean: (1) heaven (2) the third heaven or (3) a special place in heaven.
 2CO	12	5	hpq6		τοῦ τοιούτου	1	of such a person	“of that person”
 2CO	12	5	i12f		οὐ καυχήσομαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν ταῖς ἀσθενείαις	1	I will not boast, except about my weaknesses	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I will boast only of my weaknesses”
 2CO	12	6	vg13			0	Connecting Statement:	As Paul defends his apostleship from God, he tells of the weakness that God gave him to keep him humble.
@@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	8	wc7r		ὑπὲρ τούτου…τὸν Κύριον	1	Lord about this	“Lord about this thorn in the flesh,” or “Lord about this affliction”
 2CO	12	9	nr2j		ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου	1	My grace is enough for you	“I will be kind to you, and that is all you need”
 2CO	12	9	cs63		ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται	1	for power is made perfect in weakness	“for my power works best when you are weak”
-2CO	12	9	g8mi	figs-metaphor	ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the power of Christ might reside on me	Paul speaks of Christ’s power as if it were a tent built over him. This could mean: (1) “people might see that I have the power of Christ” or (2) “I might truly have the power of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	12	10	pxf1		εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ	1	I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations	This could mean: (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” or (2) “I am content in weakness … if these things cause more people to know Christ.”
+2CO	12	9	g8mi	figs-metaphor	ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the power of Christ might reside on me	Paul speaks of Christ’s power as if it were a tent built over him. This could mean: (1) “people might see that I have the power of Christ” (2) “I might truly have the power of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2CO	12	10	pxf1		εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ	1	I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations	This could mean: (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” (2) “I am content in weakness … if these things cause more people to know Christ.”
 2CO	12	10	s5sx		ἐν ἀσθενείαις	1	in weaknesses	“when I am weak”
 2CO	12	10	xl8q		ἐν ὕβρεσιν	1	in insults	“when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person”
 2CO	12	10	hza1		ἐν ἀνάγκαις	1	in troubles	“when I am suffering”
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	11	a1ym		γέγονα ἄφρων	1	I have become a fool	“I am acting like a fool”
 2CO	12	11	pzw1		ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε	1	You forced me to this	“You forced me to talk this way”
 2CO	12	11	v2lr	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι	1	I should have been commended by you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it is praise that you should have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	12	11	f644		συνίστασθαι	1	commended	This could mean: (1) “praise” ([2 Corinthians 3:1](../03/01.md)) or (2) “recommend” ([2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md)).
+2CO	12	11	f644		συνίστασθαι	1	commended	This could mean: (1) “praise” ([2 Corinthians 3:1](../03/01.md)) (2) “recommend” ([2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md)).
 2CO	12	11	h4d5	figs-litotes	γὰρ ὑστέρησα	1	For I was not at all inferior	By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is inferior are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	12	11	s82x	figs-irony	τῶν ὑπέρ λίαν ἀποστόλων	1	super-apostles	Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 2CO	12	12	kp5l	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη	1	indeed the signs of an apostle were performed	This can be stated in active form, with emphasis on the “signs.” Alternate translation: “It is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -600,9 +600,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	19	vg3u	figs-metaphor	ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς	1	for your strengthening	“to strengthen you.” Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	12	20	cu6s		οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς	1	I may not find you as I wish	“I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
 2CO	12	20	zy6g		κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε	1	I may not be found by you as you wish	“you might not like what you see in me”
-2CO	12	20	rh1h	figs-abstractnouns	μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι	1	there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder	The abstract nouns “quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder” can be translated using verbs. This could mean: (1) “some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you” or (2) “some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	12	20	rh1h	figs-abstractnouns	μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι	1	there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder	The abstract nouns “quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder” can be translated using verbs. This could mean: (1) “some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you” (2) “some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	12	21	ddw3		πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων,	1	I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned	“I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
-2CO	12	21	hq1e	figs-parallelism	μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ	1	did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence	This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” or (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+2CO	12	21	hq1e	figs-parallelism	μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ	1	did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence	This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2CO	12	21	rh22	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ	1	of the impurity	The abstract noun impurity can be translated as “things that do not please God.” Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	12	21	rn6u	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ…πορνείᾳ	1	of the … sexual immorality	The abstract noun “immorality” can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	12	21	yyr5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ…ἀσελγείᾳ	1	of the … lustful indulgence	The abstract noun “indulgence” can be translated using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of … doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	13	2	fxl6		τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν	1	all the rest	“all you other people”
 2CO	13	4	a1bf	figs-activepassive	ἐσταυρώθη	1	he was crucified	This can be made active. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	13	4	zeh1		ἀλλὰ ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως Θεοῦ	1	but we will live with him by the power of God	God gives us the power and ability to live life in and with him.
-2CO	13	5	sbx4		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	This could mean: (1) living inside each individual or (2) “among you,” part of and the most important member of the group.
+2CO	13	5	sbx4		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	This could mean: (1) living inside each individual (2) “among you,” part of and the most important member of the group.
 2CO	13	7	u75e	figs-litotes	μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν	1	that you may not do any wrong	“that you will not sin at all” or “that you will not refuse to listen to us when we correct you.” Paul is emphasizing the opposite with his statement. Alternate translation: “that you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	13	7	gt2e		δόκιμοι	1	to have passed the test	“to be great teachers and live the truth”
 2CO	13	8	a3l7		οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	we are not able to do anything against the truth	“we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
index 52d538a2db..c5bc12d2ab 100644
--- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ GAL	1	10	fl3c		εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστο
 GAL	1	11	llg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains that he did not learn the gospel from others; he learned it from Jesus Christ.
 GAL	1	11	g1qg		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 GAL	1	11	k33s		ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον	1	is not according to man	By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
-GAL	1	12	wed1		δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	it was by revelation of Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) “Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me” or (2) “God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was.”
+GAL	1	12	wed1		δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	it was by revelation of Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to Paul. (2) God made Paul know the gospel when he showed Paul who Jesus Christ was.
 GAL	1	13	f3gl		ἀναστροφήν ποτε	1	former life	“behavior at one time” or “prior life” or “earlier life”
 GAL	1	14	r44z		προέκοπτον	1	I was advancing	This metaphor pictures Paul as being ahead of other Jews his age in their goal to be perfect Jews.
 GAL	1	14	s81t		συνηλικιώτας	1	of my own age	“of the Jewish people who are the same age as I am”
 GAL	1	14	f1z8		τῶν πατρικῶν μου	1	of my fathers	“of my ancestors”
-GAL	1	15	wd26		καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	called me through his grace	This could mean: (1) “called me to serve him because he is gracious” or (2) “called me by means of his grace.”
-GAL	1	16	l97h		ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	to reveal his Son in me	This could mean: (1) “to allow me to know his Son” or (2) “to show the world through me that Jesus is God’s Son.”
+GAL	1	15	wd26		καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	called me through his grace	This could mean: (1) This may mean God called Paul to serve him because he is gracious. (2) This may mean God called Paul by means of his grace.
+GAL	1	16	l97h		ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	to reveal his Son in me	This could mean: (1) God allowed Paul to know his Son. (2) God showed the world through Paul that Jesus is God’s Son.
 GAL	1	16	l5bb	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 GAL	1	16	xx4c		εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν	1	I might preach him	“I would proclaim that he is God’s Son” or “I might preach the good news about God’s Son”
 GAL	1	16	qme5	figs-idiom	προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι	1	I did … consult with flesh and blood	This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: “I did … ask people to help me understand the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ GAL	2	12	a6gv		ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν	1	separated himself	“stayed awa
 GAL	2	14	sg53		οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	they were not walking correctly according to the truth of the gospel	“they were not living like people who believe the gospel” or “they were living as though they did not believe the gospel”
 GAL	2	14	z4fp	figs-rquestion	πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν	1	how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews?	This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 GAL	2	14	xhbp	figs-you	ἀναγκάζεις	1	can you force	The word **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-GAL	2	14	y1zw		ἀναγκάζεις	1	can you force	This could mean: (1) force by using words or (2) persuade.
+GAL	2	14	y1zw		ἀναγκάζεις	1	can you force	This could mean: (1) This refers to force by using words. (2) This refers to persuasion.
 GAL	2	15	p3x8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells the believers that Jews who know the law, as well as Gentiles who do not know the law, are saved only by faith in Christ and not by keeping the law.
 GAL	2	15	tz45		οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί	1	not Gentile sinners from the Gentiles	“not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners”
 GAL	2	16	j7g5	figs-synecdoche	οὐ…σάρξ	2	no flesh	The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ GAL	3	3	xu4d	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	by the flesh	The word **flesh** is a me
 GAL	3	4	iyj1	figs-rquestion	τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ— εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ?	1	Have you suffered so many things for nothing—if indeed it was really for nothing?	Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing—and indeed it was not in vain!” or “Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things, and that is was not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 GAL	3	4	qn1a	figs-explicit	τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ	1	Have you suffered so many things for nothing	It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing” or “You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 GAL	3	4	nq68		εἰκῇ	1	for nothing	“uselessly” or “without the hope of receiving something good”
-GAL	3	4	xl9l	figs-rquestion	εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ?	1	if indeed it was really for nothing?	This could mean: (1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: “Do not let it be for nothing!” or “Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing.” or (2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: “It was certainly not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+GAL	3	4	xl9l	figs-rquestion	εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ?	1	if indeed it was really for nothing?	This could mean: (1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: “Do not let it be for nothing!” or “Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing.” (2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: “It was certainly not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 GAL	3	5	s3bc	figs-rquestion	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως	1	is it by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith?	Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 GAL	3	5	j4vz		ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1	is it by the works of the law	This represents people doing the works that the law requires. Alternate translation: “is it because you do what the law tells us to do”
 GAL	3	5	e17q	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως	1	by the hearing of faith	Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ GAL	3	11	sn9h	figs-explicit	ὅτι δὲ ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικ
 GAL	3	11	k6k5		ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	no one is justified before God by the law	This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God does not justify anyone by the law”
 GAL	3	11	k1pq	figs-explicit	ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	no one is justified before God by the law	Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: “no one is justified before God by obeying the law” or “God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 GAL	3	11	i537	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1	The righteous will live by faith	The nominal adjective **righteous** refers to righteous people. Alternate translation: “righteous people will live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-GAL	3	12	rep5		ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	will live in them	This could mean: (1) “must obey them all” or (2) “will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands.”
+GAL	3	12	rep5		ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	will live in them	This could mean: (1) A person who keeps the Law must obey them all. (2) A person who keeps the Law will be judged by his ability to do what the Law demands.
 GAL	3	13	x2lc			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
 GAL	3	13	ml63		ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου	1	from the curse of the law	The noun **curse** can be expressed with the verb “curse.” Alternate translation: “from being cursed because of the law” or “from being cursed for not obeying the law”
 GAL	3	13	mp4p	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς	1	from the curse of the law … becoming a curse for us … Cursed is everyone	The word **curse** here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law … having God condemn him instead of us … God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ GAL	3	21	wes3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The word **us** in this sec
 GAL	3	21	e43u		κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν	1	against the promises	“opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
 GAL	3	21	b8xx	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι	1	if a law had been given that was able to make alive	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	3	21	iyg9		ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη	1	righteousness would have come by the law	“we could have become righteous by obeying that law”
-GAL	3	22	n5js		συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	the scripture imprisoned all things under sin so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe	This could mean: (1) “because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe” or (2) “because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe.”
+GAL	3	22	n5js		συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	the scripture imprisoned all things under sin so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe	This could mean: (1) Because everyone sins, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe. (2) Because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe.
 GAL	3	22	jbn7	figs-personification	Γραφὴ	1	scripture	Paul is treating scripture as though it were a person and is speaking of God, who wrote scripture. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 GAL	3	23	rch2			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds those in Galatia that believers are free in God’s family, not slaves under the law.
 GAL	3	23	su16	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι	1	we were held captive under the law, imprisoned	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive and we were in prison” or “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ GAL	3	24	ln1s		παιδαγωγὸς	1	guardian	More than simply “one who give
 GAL	3	24	m7jy		εἰς Χριστόν	1	until Christ	“until the time when Christ came”
 GAL	3	24	s8g5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν	1	so that we might be justified	Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	3	27	v6n1		ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε	1	For as many as were baptized into Christ	“For everyone who was baptized into Christ”
-GAL	3	27	di9v	figs-metaphor	Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε	1	have put on Christ	This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: “have become united with Christ” or “belong to Christ” or (2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: “have become like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+GAL	3	27	di9v	figs-metaphor	Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε	1	have put on Christ	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: “have become united with Christ” or “belong to Christ” (2) This is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: “have become like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	3	28	tyb8		οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ	1	There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female	“God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female”
 GAL	3	29	qp4z	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι	1	heirs	The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	4	intro	h6gw			0		# Galatians 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 27, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sonship<br><br>Sonship is a complex issue. Scholars have many views on Israel’s sonship. Paul uses sonship to teach how being under the law differs from being free in Christ. Not all of Abraham’s physical descendants inherited God’s promises to him. Only his descendants through Isaac and Jacob inherited the promises. And God only adopts into his family those who follow Abraham spiritually through faith. They are children of God with an inheritance. Paul calls them “children of promise.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word. In ancient Israel, people used it to informally refer to their fathers. Paul “transliterates” its sounds by writing them with Greek letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GAL	4	3	d6v9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The word **we** here refers
 GAL	4	3	n21q	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι	1	when we were children	Here, **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	4	3	cd2w	figs-activepassive	ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι	1	we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	4	3	gl4w	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι	1	we were enslaved by the elemental principles of the world	Here, **enslaved** is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. Alternate translation: “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-GAL	4	3	u462		τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the elemental principles of the world	This could mean: (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
+GAL	4	3	u462		τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the elemental principles of the world	This could mean: (1) This refers to the laws or moral principles of the world. (2) This refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
 GAL	4	4	l5tf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 GAL	4	5	v5cb	figs-metaphor	ἐξαγοράσῃ	1	redeem	Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people’s sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	4	6	a274		ἐστε υἱοί	1	you are sons	Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ GAL	4	25	ck7v	figs-metaphor	δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων α
 GAL	4	26	wa1u		ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν	1	is free	“is not bound” or “is not a slave”
 GAL	4	27	ih2f	figs-you	στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα	1	you barren one … you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth	Here, **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 GAL	4	28	ad75		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
-GAL	4	28	ct63		ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα	1	children of promise	Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God’s **children** (1) by believing God’s promise or (2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
+GAL	4	28	ct63		ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα	1	children of promise	Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God’s **children** (1) by believing God’s promise (2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
 GAL	4	29	c9lf	figs-metaphor	κατὰ σάρκα	1	according to the flesh	This refers to Abraham’s becoming Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “because of what people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	4	29	gt1e		κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	according to the Spirit	“because of something the Spirit did”
 GAL	4	31	sy8u		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ GAL	5	4	ipf7	figs-irony	οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε	1
 GAL	5	4	k6xe	figs-explicit	τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε	1	you have fallen from grace	Who that **grace** comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 GAL	5	5	pdm1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 GAL	5	5	vvk6		γὰρ Πνεύματι	1	For through the Spirit	“This is because through the Spirit”
-GAL	5	5	qg9m		ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1	by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness	This could mean: (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
+GAL	5	5	qg9m		ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1	by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness	This could mean: (1) This may mean that we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness. (2) This may mean we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.
 GAL	5	5	z3ga		ἡμεῖς…ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1	we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness	“we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it”
 GAL	5	6	y2ww	figs-metonymy	οὔτε περιτομή…οὔτε ἀκροβυστία	1	neither circumcision nor uncircumcision	These are metonymy for being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: “neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 GAL	5	6	n1hc		ἀλλὰ πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη	1	but only faith working through love	“rather, God is concerned with our faith in him, which we show by loving others”
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ GAL	5	8	sx6u		πεισμονὴ	1	persuasion	To persuade someone is to get that
 GAL	5	10	enp1		οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε	1	you will think nothing otherwise	“you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you”
 GAL	5	10	rb76		ὁ δὲ ταράσσων ὑμᾶς, βαστάσει τὸ κρίμα	1	But the one who is troubling you will bear the judgment	“But God will punish the one who is troubling you”
 GAL	5	10	jc72		ταράσσων ὑμᾶς	1	who is troubling you	“who is causing you to be uncertain about what is truth” or “who stirs up trouble among you”
-GAL	5	10	llh5		ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ	1	whoever he may be	This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who “confuse” them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
+GAL	5	10	llh5		ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ	1	whoever he may be	This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses. (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who “confuse” them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
 GAL	5	11	d4mm	figs-hypo	ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι?	1	But brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted?	Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 GAL	5	11	vcz5	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι?	1	But brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted?	This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “But brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 GAL	5	11	nv5x		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
@@ -252,14 +252,14 @@ GAL	5	11	dtv9		ἄρα	1	In that case	“If I were still saying that people need
 GAL	5	11	y3ug	figs-activepassive	κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	the stumbling block of the cross has been removed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross would not be a stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	5	11	arj5	figs-explicit	κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	the stumbling block of the cross has been removed	Stumbling represents sinning, and the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 GAL	5	11	xa9m	figs-metaphor	κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	the stumbling block of the cross has been removed	Stumbling represents sinning, and a **stumbling block** represents something that causes people to sin. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-GAL	5	12	sfl2	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀποκόψονται	1	would even castrate themselves	This could mean: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+GAL	5	12	sfl2	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀποκόψονται	1	would even castrate themselves	This could mean: (1) This is literal, and means they cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs. (2) This is metaphorical, meaning they completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	5	13	y1g7		γὰρ	1	For	Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
 GAL	5	13	v6vs	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε	1	you have been called to freedom	This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	5	13	ekb2	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε	1	you have been called to freedom	It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 GAL	5	13	xwg8	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε	1	you have been called to freedom	Here, **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 GAL	5	13	yp6r		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 GAL	5	13	viv6	figs-explicit	ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί	1	an opportunity for the flesh	The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GAL	5	14	ct8i		ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται	1	all the law has been fulfilled in one command	This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this” or (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.”
+GAL	5	14	ct8i		ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται	1	all the law has been fulfilled in one command	This could mean: (1) This may mean is is possible to state the whole law in just this one commandment. (2) This may mean that by obeying one commandment, it is possible to obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.
 GAL	5	14	qt9c	figs-you	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	Love your neighbor as yourself	The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 GAL	5	16	q8wk			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
 GAL	5	16	yb58	figs-metaphor	Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε	1	walk by the Spirit	Here, to **walk** is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: “conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit” or “live your life in dependence on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -281,13 +281,13 @@ GAL	6	intro	bv8h			0		# Galatians 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and forma
 GAL	6	1	x8zg			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
 GAL	6	1	ss7l		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
 GAL	6	1	vm8f		ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος	1	if a man	“if anyone among you”
-GAL	6	1	vts8		ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι	1	even if a man is caught in any trespass	This could mean: (1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” or (2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: “if someone gave in and sinned”
+GAL	6	1	vts8		ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι	1	even if a man is caught in any trespass	This could mean: (1) Someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) That person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: “if someone gave in and sinned”
 GAL	6	1	t4rm		ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ	1	you who are spiritual	“those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit”
 GAL	6	1	hdj8		καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον	1	let … restore such a one	“let him … correct the person who sinned” or “let him … exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God”
-GAL	6	1	tr5r		ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος	1	in a spirit of gentleness	This could mean: (1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or (2) “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way.”
+GAL	6	1	tr5r		ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος	1	in a spirit of gentleness	This could mean: (1) The Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction. (2) We should have an attitude of gentleness, or speak to them in a kind way.
 GAL	6	1	rrg9	figs-you	σκοπῶν σεαυτόν	1	considering yourself	These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “being concerned about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 GAL	6	1	ljx6	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς	1	lest you also be tempted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will tempt you also to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-GAL	6	3	v6ts		εἰ γὰρ	1	For if	“Because if.” The words that follow tell why the Galatians should (1) “carry one other’s burdens” ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) or (2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or (3) “not become conceited” ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
+GAL	6	3	v6ts		εἰ γὰρ	1	For if	“Because if.” The words that follow tell why the Galatians should (1) “carry one other’s burdens” ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or (3) “not become conceited” ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
 GAL	6	3	m4wk		δοκεῖ…εἶναί τι	1	thinks himself to be something	“thinks he is someone important” or “thinks he is better than others”
 GAL	6	3	zz1g		μηδὲν ὤν	1	when he is nothing	“when he is not important” or “although he is not better than others”
 GAL	6	4	ra85		δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος	1	let each one examine	“each person must examine”
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ GAL	6	10	ax66		ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	“As a result of this” or “Because
 GAL	6	10	ud5u		μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς	1	but especially to those	“but most of all to those” or “but in particular to those”
 GAL	6	10	jz9i		τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως	1	those of the household of faith	“those who are members of God’s family through faith in Christ”
 GAL	6	11	i7ap			0	Connecting Statement:	As Paul closes this letter, he gives one more reminder that the law does not save and that they should remember the cross of Christ.
-GAL	6	11	wti2		πηλίκοις…γράμμασιν	1	what large letters	This can mean that Paul is writing with large letters because he wants to emphasize (1) the statements that follow or (2) that this letter came from him.
-GAL	6	11	d6rk		τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί	1	with my own hand	This could mean: (1) Paul probably had a helper who wrote most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter or (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself.
+GAL	6	11	wti2		πηλίκοις…γράμμασιν	1	what large letters	This can mean that Paul is writing with large letters because he wants to emphasize (1) the statements that follow (2) that this letter came from him.
+GAL	6	11	d6rk		τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί	1	with my own hand	This could mean: (1) Paul probably had a helper who wrote most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter. (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself.
 GAL	6	12	kmd7		εὐπροσωπῆσαι	1	to make a good impression	“to cause others to think well of them” or “to cause others to think that they are good people”
 GAL	6	12	r5p1		ἐν σαρκί	1	in the flesh	“with visible evidence” or “by their own efforts”
 GAL	6	12	jk57		οὗτοι ἀναγκάζουσιν	1	they are compelling	“they are forcing” or “they are strongly influencing”
@@ -319,13 +319,13 @@ GAL	6	13	bb5a		ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ καυχήσων
 GAL	6	14	g7hh		ἐμοὶ δὲ, μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ	1	But may it never be to me to boast except in the cross	“But I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross” or “But may I boast only in the cross”
 GAL	6	14	s6ic	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται	1	the world has been crucified to me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I think of the world as already dead” or “I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 GAL	6	14	v2qs	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ κόσμῳ	1	and I to the world	The words “have been crucified” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-GAL	6	14	m45b		κἀγὼ κόσμῳ	1	and I to the world	This could mean: (1) “the world thinks of me as already dead” or (2) “the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross”
-GAL	6	14	s9lx		κόσμος	1	the world	This could mean: (1) the people of the world, those who care nothing for God or (2) the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
+GAL	6	14	m45b		κἀγὼ κόσμῳ	1	and I to the world	This could mean: (1) The world thinks of Paul as already dead. (2) The world treats Paul like a criminal that God has killed on the cross.
+GAL	6	14	s9lx		κόσμος	1	the world	This could mean: (1) This refers to the people of the world, those who care nothing for God. (2) This refers to the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
 GAL	6	15	exj8		τὶ ἐστιν	1	is anything	“is important to God”
-GAL	6	15	n6n7		καινὴ κτίσις	1	a new creation	This could mean: (1) a new believer in Jesus Christ or (2) the new life of a believer.
-GAL	6	16	b4al		εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	peace and mercy upon them, and upon the Israel of God	This could mean: (1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or (2) “may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God” or (3) “may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God.”
+GAL	6	15	n6n7		καινὴ κτίσις	1	a new creation	This could mean: (1) This refers to a new believer in Jesus Christ. (2) This refers to the new life of a believer.
+GAL	6	16	b4al		εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	peace and mercy upon them, and upon the Israel of God	This could mean: (1) Believers in general are the Israel of God. (2) Paul is requesting peace and mercy  upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God. or (3) Paul is requesting peace  upon those who follow the rule, and mercy be upon even the Israel of God.
 GAL	6	17	v963		τοῦ λοιποῦ	1	From now on	This can also mean “Lastly” or “As I end this letter.”
-GAL	6	17	dm22		κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω	1	let no one cause me trouble	This could mean: (1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to **trouble** him, “I am commanding you this: do not trouble me,” or (2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, “I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me,” or (3) Paul is expressing a desire, “I do not want anyone to trouble me.”
+GAL	6	17	dm22		κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω	1	let no one cause me trouble	This could mean: (1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to **trouble** him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding you this: do not trouble me” (2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me” (3) Paul is expressing a desire. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to trouble me”
 GAL	6	17	j729		ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω	1	for I carry in my body the marks of Jesus	These **marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus”
 GAL	6	18	b64i		ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit	“I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit”
 GAL	6	18	pk25		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
index 8e79d0a484..f2393c6c2d 100644
--- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ EPH	1	3	g6sj	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πα
 EPH	1	3	cr9h		ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς	1	who has blessed us	“for God has blessed us”
 EPH	1	3	m8qh		πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ	1	every spiritual blessing	“every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
 EPH	1	3	j2lk		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	“in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
-EPH	1	3	v9qz	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	in Christ	Possible meanings here are: (1) **in Christ** has its general meaning as a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” or (2) the phrase **in Christ** refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	3	v9qz	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	in Christ	Possible meanings here are: (1) **in Christ** has its general meaning as a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) the phrase **in Christ** refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	4	ibv6	figs-doublet	ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους	1	holy and blameless	Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	1	4	ab01	figs-doublenegatives	ἀμώμους	1	blameless	The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it is clearer in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 EPH	1	5	fp7l			0	General Information:	The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
@@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ EPH	1	6	x7jp		τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ	1	the Beloved One	“the One he loves,
 EPH	1	7	abcb	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ	1	through his blood	The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	7	m9l4	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	the riches of his grace	Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	8	pg6j		ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς	1	which he caused to abound to us	“which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
-EPH	1	8	sw98		ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει	1	in all wisdom and understanding	Possible meanings are: (1) “because he has all wisdom and understanding” or (2) “so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.”
+EPH	1	8	sw98		ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει	1	in all wisdom and understanding	Possible meanings are: (1) “because he has all wisdom and understanding” (2) “so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.”
 EPH	1	8	ab98	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει	1	wisdom and understanding	Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EPH	1	9	v71p		κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	according to his good pleasure	Possible meanings are: (1) “because he wanted to make it known to us” or (2) “which was what he wanted.”
+EPH	1	9	v71p		κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	according to his good pleasure	Possible meanings are: (1) “because he wanted to make it known to us” (2) “which was what he wanted.”
 EPH	1	9	c2uk		ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	which he had planned in him	“as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
 EPH	1	9	u53h		ἐν αὐτῷ	1	in him	“by means of Christ”
 EPH	1	10	n2sl		εἰς οἰκονομίαν	1	with a view to an administration	A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “He did this with a view to an administration” or “He did this, thinking about a stewardship”
 EPH	1	10	em7q		τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν	1	of the fullness of time	“when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
 EPH	1	10	ab7q		ἐν αὐτῷ	1	in him	“under his rule” or “under his authority”
 EPH	1	11	ww9s	figs-exclusive	καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες	1	we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined	Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-EPH	1	11	t281	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν	1	we were also allotted as a possession	This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) “God also chose us to be his possession” or (2) “God also chose us to be heirs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EPH	1	11	t281	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν	1	we were also allotted as a possession	This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) “God also chose us to be his possession” (2) “God also chose us to be heirs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	11	nkf8	figs-activepassive	προορισθέντες	1	We were predestined	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	12	gj44	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ	1	we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ	Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EPH	1	12	zqm9		εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	so that we … would be for the praise of his glory	“so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
 EPH	1	13	j1zc			0	General Information:	Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
-EPH	1	13	ac1e		τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Possible meanings are: (1) “the message about the truth” or (2) “the true message.”
+EPH	1	13	ac1e		τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Possible meanings are: (1) “the message about the truth” (2) “the true message.”
 EPH	1	13	qgf9	figs-metaphor	ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ	1	you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit	In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	13	abcf	figs-activepassive	ἐσφραγίσθητε	1	you were sealed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	14	g6dw	figs-metaphor	ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν	1	a down payment of our inheritance	Receiving what God has promised is spoken of in terms of one inheriting property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “an initial portion that we will receive from what God has promised” or “a guarantee that we will receive what God has promised to give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ EPH	1	20	ekj4	figs-metonymy	καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν
 EPH	1	20	f3dh	translate-symaction	καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	seated him at his right hand	To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 EPH	1	20	jrv1		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	“in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
 EPH	1	21	k8k7	figs-doublet	ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος	1	far above all rule and authority and power and dominion	These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EPH	1	21	ra11	figs-activepassive	παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου	1	every name that is named	This can be stated in active form. Possible meaning for alternate translation: (1) “every name that man gives” or (2) “every name that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	1	21	x6qc		ὀνόματος	1	name	Possible meanings are: (1) title or (2) position of authority.
+EPH	1	21	ra11	figs-activepassive	παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου	1	every name that is named	This can be stated in active form. Possible meaning for alternate translation: (1) “every name that man gives” (2) “every name that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EPH	1	21	x6qc		ὀνόματος	1	name	Possible meanings are: (1) title (2) position of authority.
 EPH	1	21	pym8		ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	in this age	“at this time”
 EPH	1	21	qw2x		ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	in the age to come	“in the future”
 EPH	1	22	jm9i	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	under Christ’s feet	Here, **feet** represents Christ’s lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: “under Christ’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	22	pm4t	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα	1	head over all things	Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	23	ge2c	figs-metaphor	τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	his body	Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	23	w2kh		τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου	1	the fullness of the one who fills all in all	“for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
-EPH	1	23	x2kh		τὸ πλήρωμα	1	the fullness	This could have either (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church, or (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
+EPH	1	23	x2kh		τὸ πλήρωμα	1	the fullness	This could have either (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
 EPH	2	intro	e7qn			0		# Ephesians 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
 EPH	2	1	xf5s			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
 EPH	2	1	dxx8	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you were dead in your trespasses and sins	This shows how the inability of a sinful person to obey God is similar to a dead person’s inability to respond physically. Alternate translation: “you were spiritually dead, unable to do anything but sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ EPH	2	4	hrx9	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην α
 EPH	2	5	h6km	figs-activepassive	χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι	1	by grace you have been saved	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	2	5	abkm	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι	1	by grace you have been saved	The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being extremely kind to you” or “God saved you as a free gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	2	6	na2n	figs-idiom	συνήγειρεν	1	raised us up with him	Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EPH	2	6	abch	figs-pastforfuture	συνήγειρεν	1	raised us up with him	This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+EPH	2	6	abch	figs-pastforfuture	συνήγειρεν	1	raised us up with him	This could mean: (1) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 EPH	2	6	ab11	figs-pastforfuture	συνεκάθισεν	1	seated us with him	Paul talks about the believers as already **seated** in heaven with Christ because, although it is something that will happen in the future, it was guaranteed by what Christ did in the past. Alternate translation: “it is as though God has already seated us next to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 EPH	2	6	b499		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
 EPH	2	6	m6pq		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ EPH	2	11	p7m2	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί	1	Gentiles in the f
 EPH	2	11	e76g	figs-metonymy	ἀκροβυστία	1	uncircumcised	Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God’s laws. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised pagans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	11	nlf2	figs-metonymy	περιτομῆς	1	circumcised	This was another term for Jewish people because all male infants were **circumcised**. Alternate translation: “circumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	11	tf9i	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης	1	by those who are called	This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	2	11	fb4r		τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου	1	those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands	This could mean: (1) “Jews, who are circumcised by humans” or (2) “Jews, who circumcise the physical body.”
+EPH	2	11	fb4r		τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου	1	those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands	This could mean: (1) This refers to Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) This refers to Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
 EPH	2	12	abcz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	12	u3vu		χωρὶς Χριστοῦ	1	apart from Christ	“unbelievers”
 EPH	2	12	sti2	figs-metaphor	ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	strangers to the covenants of the promise	Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ EPH	3	1	w896			0	Connecting Statement:	To make clear the hidden truth about the
 EPH	3	1	jb9u	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	3	1	abd6	figs-explicit	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	1	m9b6		ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the prisoner of Christ Jesus	“the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
-EPH	3	2	rx7t		τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you	Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you” or (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
+EPH	3	2	rx7t		τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you	Here, **grace** could mean: (1) This refers to the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) This refers to the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
 EPH	3	3	dc7x	figs-activepassive	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι	1	according to the revelation made known to me	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	3	3	qm6m		καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ	1	about which I already wrote in brief	Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
 EPH	3	5	srn9	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ EPH	3	5	eq5u	figs-activepassive	ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη…ἐν Πν
 EPH	3	6	pqy3		εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	that the Gentiles are fellow heirs … through the gospel	This is the hidden truth that Paul began to explain in the previous verse. The **Gentiles** who receive Christ also receive everything that the Jewish believers receive from God.
 EPH	3	6	y88q		σύνσωμα	1	fellow members of the body	The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
 EPH	3	6	wxs4		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
-EPH	3	6	i4h7		διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	through the gospel	This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise or (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
+EPH	3	6	i4h7		διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	through the gospel	This could mean: (1) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
 EPH	3	8	y97f	figs-metaphor	ἀνεξιχνίαστον	1	unsearchable	Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	8	e96z	figs-metaphor	πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	riches of Christ	Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	9	f2zp	figs-activepassive	τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι	1	of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ EPH	3	17	g4g1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ
 EPH	3	18	abd8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ would live in their hearts. The result is that the Ephesian believers would fully know the love of God and be filled with God’s fullness. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	3	18	bkk6		καταλαβέσθαι	1	to comprehend	This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
 EPH	3	18	uu6l		πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις	1	all the saints	“all the believers in Christ”
-EPH	3	18	ef4s	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. Possible meanings are: (1) these word describe the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” or (2) these words describe the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	3	18	ef4s	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. Possible meanings are: (1) these word describe the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) these words describe the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	18	ef4t	figs-explicit	τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος	1	the width and length and height and depth	It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	19	rev9		γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	and to know the love of Christ	This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
 EPH	3	19	px4z		ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God	This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EPH	4	8	abdb	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting wor
 EPH	4	8	wj8t		ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος	1	When he ascended to the heights	“When Christ went up into heaven”
 EPH	4	9	e5at		ἀνέβη	1	He ascended	“Christ went up”
 EPH	4	9	zu81		καὶ κατέβη	1	he also descended	“Christ also came down”
-EPH	4	9	eq56		εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς	1	into the lower regions of the earth	This could mean: (1) the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth** or (2) **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
+EPH	4	9	eq56		εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς	1	into the lower regions of the earth	This could mean: (1) This refers to the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth**. (2) This refers to **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
 EPH	4	10	w6t5		ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα	1	so that he might fill all things	“so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
 EPH	4	10	b5ig		πληρώσῃ	1	he might fill	“he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
 EPH	4	12	jx12		πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων	1	for the equipping of the saints	“to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ EPH	4	16	l5r6	figs-metaphor	διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορ
 EPH	4	17	n5cy			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
 EPH	4	17	abde	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	4	17	ksr8		τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι	1	Therefore, I say this and strongly urge	“Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
-EPH	4	17	abr8		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in the Lord	This could mean: (1) “with the authority of the Lord” or (2) “because we all belong to the Lord.”
+EPH	4	17	abr8		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in the Lord	This could mean: (1) This refers to the authority of the Lord. (2) This may be stating that we all belong to the Lord.
 EPH	4	17	wcx2	figs-metaphor	μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν	1	you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds	Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	18	lab7	figs-metaphor	ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ	1	They have been darkened in their understanding	This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	18	abci	figs-activepassive	ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ	1	They have been darkened in their understanding	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ EPH	4	19	ldy8	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελ
 EPH	4	20	e5vk		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν	1	But you did not thus learn Christ	The word **thus** refers to the way that the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](../04/17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned from Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: “But what you learned about the ways of Christ was not like that”
 EPH	4	20	abdh	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	4	21	hy7r	figs-irony	εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε	1	if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him	Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-EPH	4	21	b3pn	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε	1	were taught in him	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “received instruction in his ways” or (2) “Jesus’ people have taught you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EPH	4	21	b3pn	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε	1	were taught in him	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) This may mean they received instruction in his ways. (2) This may mean that Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	4	21	gdz6		καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	as the truth is in Jesus	“as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
 EPH	4	22	h1ha	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν	1	You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life	Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	22	j7n7	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man	Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ EPH	5	13	sp1z			0	General Information:	It is unknown if this quotation is a comb
 EPH	5	13	abdy	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Hiding the shameful works of darkness now is in contrast to the light exposing them later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	5	13	vqi7	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν	1	everything that is revealed is light	Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God’s Word shows people’s actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God’s truth as if it were **light** that could reveal the character of something. Alternate translation: “if you compare everything to what God says, you can know if it is good or bad” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	14	abdz	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	5	14	z4ar	figs-apostrophe	ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead	Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject, or (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-EPH	5	14	abcl	figs-apostrophe	ὁ καθεύδων	1	O sleeper	Paul addresses this comment directly to either (1) the believers who are reading or hearing the letter, or (2) to unbelievers who are not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+EPH	5	14	z4ar	figs-apostrophe	ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead	Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+EPH	5	14	abcl	figs-apostrophe	ὁ καθεύδων	1	O sleeper	Paul addresses this comment directly to either (1) the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) to unbelievers who are not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 EPH	5	14	e873	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	14	ma8w	figs-you	ἐπιφαύσει σοι	1	will shine on you	Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EPH	5	14	ym6b	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός	1	Christ will shine on you	**Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ EPH	5	18	scp1		καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ	1	And do not get dr
 EPH	5	18	cd33	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία	1	in which is recklessness	The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	5	18	lgw3		ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι	1	Instead, be filled with the Spirit	“Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
 EPH	5	18	abe6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	5	19	egk6	figs-merism	ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	psalms and hymns and spiritual songs	Possible meanings are that: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” or (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+EPH	5	19	egk6	figs-merism	ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	psalms and hymns and spiritual songs	Possible meanings are that: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 EPH	5	19	n5jj		ψαλμοῖς	1	psalms	These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
 EPH	5	19	g5ss		ὕμνοις	1	hymns	These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
-EPH	5	19	v9ay	figs-doublet	ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	spiritual songs	Possible meanings are: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment or (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EPH	5	19	v3ql	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase **in your heart** can mean either to do this: (1) with true motives and sincerity, Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” or, (2) with enthusiasm, Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EPH	5	20	e6w5	figs-metaphor	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus himself, Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) the authority of Jesus, Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	5	19	v9ay	figs-doublet	ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	spiritual songs	Possible meanings are: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EPH	5	19	v3ql	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase **in your heart** can mean either to do this: (1) with true motives and sincerity, Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” or. (2) with enthusiasm, Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EPH	5	20	e6w5	figs-metaphor	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** could mean: (1) This refers to Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) This refers to the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	20	abw5		τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί	1	to God, even the Father	“to God, who is our father”
 EPH	5	22	isd7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
 EPH	5	23	abe7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ EPH	5	25	i24y		ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν	1	gave himself up	“allowed pe
 EPH	5	25	kp8k	figs-metaphor	ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς	1	for her	Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	26	abe9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ giving himself up to death is to sanctify the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	5	26	h6vx	figs-metaphor	αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας	1	he might sanctify her, having cleansed her	Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “he might make us holy, having cleansed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	5	26	a9p5	figs-metaphor	καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι	1	having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word	Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ, or (2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	5	26	a9p5	figs-metaphor	καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι	1	having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word	Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	27	abea	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ cleansing the church with the word is to present the church to himself as a glorious bride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	5	27	d1sm	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα	1	not having stain or wrinkle	Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in perfect condition. Alternate translation: “not having any defect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	27	abcm	figs-doublet	μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα	1	not having stain or wrinkle	Here, **stain** and **wrinkle** represent the same idea of defect in two ways to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
diff --git a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
index 4b436d6d69..906a244623 100644
--- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ PHP	1	9	l1cy	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθ
 PHP	1	10	e17g		δοκιμάζειν	1	may approve	This refers to examining things and taking only those that are good. Alternate translation: “may test and choose”
 PHP	1	10	s4ec		τὰ διαφέροντα	1	what excels	“what is most pleasing to God”
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** mean basically the same thing. Paul combines them to emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	being filled with the fruit of righteousness that is through Jesus Christ	Here, **being filled** with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Here, **fruit of righteousness** could mean: (1) a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: “habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you” or (2) a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: “habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	1	11	hwg1		εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1	to the glory and praise of God	This could mean: (1) “Then other people will see how you honor God” or (2) “Then people will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see you do.” These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
+PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	being filled with the fruit of righteousness that is through Jesus Christ	Here, **being filled** with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Here, **fruit of righteousness** could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: “habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you” (2) This is a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: “habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	11	hwg1		εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1	to the glory and praise of God	This could mean: (1) Other people will see how they honor God. (2) People will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see they do. These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
 PHP	1	12	uyc6			0	General Information:	Paul says that two things have happened because of “the progress of the gospel”: many people inside and outside the palace have found out why he is in prison, and other Christians are no longer afraid to proclaim the good news.
 PHP	1	12	yrp2		δὲ	1	Now	Here the word **Now** is used to mark a new part of the letter.
 PHP	1	12	tu2t		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, because all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ PHP	1	15	vw1s		τινὲς μὲν καὶ…τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσ
 PHP	1	15	f32h		διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν	1	because of envy and strife	“because they do not want people listening to me, and they want to cause trouble”
 PHP	1	15	v1sb		τινὲς δὲ καὶ δι’ εὐδοκίαν	1	and also some because of good will	“but other people do it because they are kind and they want to help”
 PHP	1	16	qf4p		οἱ	1	the ones	“those who proclaim Christ out of good will”
-PHP	1	16	ttr2	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι	1	I have been appointed for the defense of the gospel	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God chose me to defend the gospel” or (2) “I am in prison because I defend the gospel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	16	ttr2	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι	1	I have been appointed for the defense of the gospel	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) God chose him to defend the gospel. (2) Paul is in prison because he defended the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	16	st7k		εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the defense of the gospel	“to teach everyone that the message of Jesus is true”
 PHP	1	17	eq7s		οἱ δὲ	1	but the ones	“but the others” or “but the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife”
 PHP	1	17	z8ty	figs-metonymy	τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	in my chains	Here, **chains** is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “while I am imprisoned” or “while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ PHP	1	19	c48j		τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the
 PHP	1	20	fh48	figs-doublet	κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου	1	according to my eager expectation and hope	Here the words **expectation** and **hope** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: “I eagerly and confidently hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	20	tk7l		ἀλλ’ ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	but in everything have boldness	This is part of Paul’s expectation and hope. Alternate translation: “but that I will be very bold”
 PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	The phrase **my body** is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	1	20	t8z9	figs-activepassive	μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “I will honor Christ by what I do” or (2) “people will praise Christ because of what I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	20	t8z9	figs-activepassive	μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Paul will honor Christ by what he does” (2) People will praise Christ because of what Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	20	y78k		εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	whether through life or through death	“whether I live or die” or “if I go on living or if I die”
 PHP	1	21	p9b7		ἐμοὶ γὰρ	1	For to me	These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul’s personal experience.
 PHP	1	21	sxt5	figs-metaphor	τὸ ζῆν Χριστὸς	1	to live is Christ	Here pleasing and serving **Christ** is spoken of as Paul’s only purpose for living. Alternate translation: “to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος	1	to die is gain	Here death is spoken of as **gain**. Here, **gain** could mean: (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel or (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος	1	to die is gain	Here death is spoken of as **gain**. Here, **gain** could mean: (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel. (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-metonymy	εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί	1	But if to live in the flesh	The word **flesh** here is a metonym for the body, and “living in the flesh” is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: “But if I am to remain alive in my body” or “But if I continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	22	mwl6	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	this is fruitful labor for me	The word **fruitful** here refers to the good results of Paul’s work. Alternate translation: “that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	23	tq29	figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	But I am hard pressed between the two	Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: “I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ PHP	1	26	i9cl		ἵνα…ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that in me	“so that because of
 PHP	1	27	cd3b	figs-parallelism	ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one soul striving together for the faith of the gospel	The phrases “standing firm in one spirit” and “with one soul striving together” share similar meanings and emphasize the importance of unity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PHP	1	27	jey6	figs-metaphor	μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες	1	with one soul striving together	Agreeing with one another is spoken of as having one soul. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another and striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	ej2s		συναθλοῦντες	1	striving together	“working hard together”
-PHP	1	27	ya3h		τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	This could mean: (1) “to spread the faith that is based on the gospel” or (2) “to believe and live as the gospel teaches us”
+PHP	1	27	ya3h		τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	This could mean: (1) This refers to spreading the faith that is based on the gospel. (2) This refers to believing and living as the gospel teaches us.
 PHP	1	28	i9yt	figs-you	μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ	1	do not be frightened in anything	This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 PHP	1	28	l495		ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God	“Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
-PHP	1	28	nb4b		καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	and this from God	“and this is from God.” Here, **this** could mean: (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
+PHP	1	28	nb4b		καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1	and this from God	“and this is from God.” Here, **this** could mean: (1) This refers to the believers’ courage. (2) This refers to the sign. (3) This refers to destruction and salvation.
 PHP	1	30	x4z3		τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1	having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me	“suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
 PHP	2	intro	ixw8			0		# Philippians 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
 PHP	2	1	xye5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ PHP	2	9	mvb7	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομ
 PHP	2	9	qsy9	figs-metaphor	ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα	1	above every name	The name is more important, more to be praised than any other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	10	tk45	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **knee** is a synecdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	2	10	xz1u	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. **In the name of** here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “every person will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	2	10	kfb4		καταχθονίων	1	under the earth	This could mean: (1) the place where people go when they die or (2) the place where demons dwell.
+PHP	2	10	kfb4		καταχθονίων	1	under the earth	This could mean: (1) This refers to the place where people go when they die. (2) This refers to the place where demons dwell.
 PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα γλῶσσα	1	every tongue	Here, **tongue** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	2	11	mr2i	figs-metaphor	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	Here the word **to** expresses result: “with the result that they will praise God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	12	jnp3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ PHP	3	4	upw5	figs-hypo	ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σ
 PHP	3	4	u4f1	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ	1	I myself	Paul uses **myself** for emphasis. Alternate translation: “certainly I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	3	5	yq98		περιτομῇ	1	circumcision	“I received circumcision” or “a priest circumcised me”
 PHP	3	5	am85		ὀκταήμερος	1	on the eighth day	“seven days after I was born”
-PHP	3	5	p4ik		Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων	1	a Hebrew of Hebrews	This could mean: (1) “a Hebrew son with Hebrew parents” or (2) “the purest Hebrew.”
+PHP	3	5	p4ik		Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων	1	a Hebrew of Hebrews	This could mean: (1) This refers to a Hebrew son with Hebrew parents. (2) This refers to the purest Hebrew.
 PHP	3	5	we4t		κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	according to the law, a Pharisee	The Pharisees were committed to obeying all of the law. Being a Pharisee showed that Paul was committed to obeying all of the law. Alternate translation: “as a Pharisee, I was committed to obeying all of the law”
 PHP	3	6	ksr3		κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	according to zeal, persecuting the church	Paul’s zeal was his enthusiasm for honoring God. He believed that by persecuting the church he proved how zealous he was for God. Alternate translation: “having so much zeal for God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church”
 PHP	3	6	n51b		διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	persecuting the church	“attacking Christians”
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ PHP	3	9	g9a9		μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ 
 PHP	3	9	qw6g		ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	but that is through faith in Christ	The word **that** refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. Alternate translation: “but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ”
 PHP	3	10	vj4s		τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ	1	the power of his resurrection	“his power that gives us life”
 PHP	3	10	xm68		κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	the fellowship of his sufferings	“what it is like to suffer as he suffered” or “what it is like to participate in suffering with him”
-PHP	3	10	xw42	figs-metonymy	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	This could mean: (1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or (2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	3	10	xw42	figs-metonymy	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	This could mean: (1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died. (2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	11	l4rm		εἴ πως καταντήσω εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead	The word **somehow** means Paul does not know what is going to happen to him in this life, but whatever happens, it will result in eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that, no matter what happens to me now, I will come back to life after I die”
 PHP	3	12	xk5q			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul urges the believers at Philippi to follow his present example because of heaven and the new bodies that wait for believers. He speaks of how he works as hard as he can to be like Christ, knowing that God will allow him to live forever in heaven, as if he were a runner racing for the finish line.
 PHP	3	12	ms3v		ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	I have already received it	These include knowing Christ, knowing the power of his resurrection, sharing in Christ’s suffering, and being united with Christ in his death and resurrection ([Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md)).
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ PHP	3	13	tzg8		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated this in [Philip
 PHP	3	13	kqk7	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐ λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι	1	I do not consider myself to have grasped it	Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: “I do not consider that all these things belong to me yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	13	ia2b	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	Like a runner in a race is no longer concerned about the part of the race that is completed but only focuses on what is **ahead**, Paul speaks of setting aside his religious works of righteousness and only focusing on the race of life that Christ has set before him to complete. Alternate translation: “not caring what I have done in the past; I only work as hard as I can on what is ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	14	z39s	figs-metaphor	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	As a runner presses onward to win the race and a **prize**, Paul presses onward in serving and living in obedience to **Christ**. Alternate translation: “I do all I can to be like Christ, like a runner racing to the finish line, so that I may belong to him, and God may call me to himself after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως	1	of the upward calling	Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend (1) to heaven as Jesus did or (2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως	1	of the upward calling	Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend (1) to heaven as Jesus did (2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	15	de4y		ὅσοι…τέλειοι, τοῦτο φρονῶμεν	1	as many as are perfect should think this way	Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: “I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way”
 PHP	3	15	yy22		καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει	1	God will also reveal that to you	“God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
 PHP	3	16	pxn9	figs-exclusive	εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν	1	in what we have attained, we should live in it	Paul uses **we** to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-metaphor	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is
 PHP	3	19	u9cl	figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	sv5z	figs-metonymy	οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες	1	who are thinking about earthly things	Here, **earthly** refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	20	q1cc	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHP	3	20	n2lh		ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει	1	our citizenship is in heaven	This could mean: (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
+PHP	3	20	n2lh		ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει	1	our citizenship is in heaven	This could mean: (1) We are citizens of heaven. (2) Our homeland is heaven. (3) Our true home is heaven.
 PHP	3	21	eye2		ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν	1	who will transform our lowly body	“who will change our weak, earthly body”
 PHP	3	21	b2bc		σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	to confirmity to his glorious body	“into a body like his glorious body”
 PHP	3	21	qz6p	figs-activepassive	τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα	1	to … body, according to the working of his power even to subject all things to himself	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to … body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ PHP	4	3	hdz7	figs-metaphor	γνήσιε σύνζυγε	1	true companion	This met
 PHP	4	3	cm3u	translate-names	μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος	1	with also Clement	**Clement** was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	s9h9		ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς	1	whose names are in the Book of Life	“whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
 PHP	4	4	elt7		χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Rejoice in the Lord	“be happy because of all the Lord has done.” See how you translated this in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
-PHP	4	5	snk5		ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The Lord is near	This could mean: (1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or (2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
+PHP	4	5	snk5		ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The Lord is near	This could mean: (1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit. (2) The day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
 PHP	4	6	h63g		ἐν παντὶ, τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας, τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	“whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks”
 PHP	4	7	u1sz		ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the peace of God	“the peace that God gives”
 PHP	4	7	zr4x		ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	“which is more than we can understand”
@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ PHP	4	14	fe2z	figs-metaphor	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	Paul sp
 PHP	4	15	w23w	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	Paul refers to the **gospel** here as meaning his preaching of the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	4	15	dyf8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that sent me money or helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	4	17	e9g9		οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα	1	Not that I seek the gift	Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: “My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more”
-PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here, **fruit that increases to your account** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here, **fruit that increases to your account** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	18	p6y1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
-PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	This could mean: (1) Paul has received **everything** that the Philippians sent or (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
+PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	This could mean: (1) Paul has received **everything** that the Philippians sent. (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	Paul means that he has plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a **sacrifice** offered to **God** on an altar. Paul implies that the church’s gift is very **pleasing** to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a **smell** that pleased God. Alternate translation: “I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
index de3d610dba..f71298ccfa 100644
--- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ COL	1	1	fny3		ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελή
 COL	1	3	q1su	figs-exclusive	εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	We give thanks … of our Lord	These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	4	z6eb		τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	“your belief in Christ Jesus”
 COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens	Here, **hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in the **heavens** for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	5	xn8s		τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the word of truth, the gospel	This could mean: (1) “the message about the truth, the gospel” or (2) “the true message, the gospel.”
+COL	1	5	xn8s		τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the word of truth, the gospel	This could mean: (1) This refers to the message about the truth, the gospel. (2) This refers to the true message, the gospel.
 COL	1	6	wk21	figs-metaphor	ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον	1	it is … bearing fruit and is growing	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it is … having good results, more and more” or “this gospel is … having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	6	z3g5	figs-hyperbole	ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in all the world	This is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that they knew about. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	6	ait7		τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	the grace of God in truth	“the true grace of God”
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ COL	2	23	e7p5		ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι πρὸς πλησ
 COL	3	intro	qtl2			0		# Colossians 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The second part of this chapter parallels Ephesians 5 and 6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old and new self<br><br>The old and new self mean the same as the old and new man. The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character<br><br>Many of the things Paul encourages his readers to pursue or avoid are not actions but character qualities. Because of this, they may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>### “The things above”<br><br>Where God dwells is often pictured as being located “above.” Paul says to “seek the things above” and to “think about the things above.” He is implying Christians should seek and think about heavenly and godly things.
 COL	3	1	ya97			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul warns the believers that because they are one with Christ, they ought not do certain things.
 COL	3	1	r5yh	figs-idiom	εἰ οὖν	1	If, therefore	This is an idiom that means “Because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you have been raised with Christ	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given you new life because you belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you have been raised with Christ	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This could mean: (1) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given you new life because you belong to Christ” (2) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	1	qmzv	figs-pastforfuture	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you have been raised with Christ	Because the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ, Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “you can be sure that God will give you life as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 COL	3	1	p3fw		τὰ ἄνω	1	the things above	“the things in heaven”
 COL	3	3	l9yk	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε γάρ	1	For you died	As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Paul speaks of people’s lives as if they were objects that can be hidden in containers and speaks of God as if he were a container. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “it is as though God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” or (2) “only God knows what your true life really is, and he will reveal it when he reveals Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Paul speaks of people’s lives as if they were objects that can be hidden in containers and speaks of God as if he were a container. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “it is as though God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” (2) “only God knows what your true life really is, and he will reveal it when he reveals Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	3	xetc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	4	n4nj	figs-metonymy	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	Christ is the one who gives spiritual **life** to the believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	5	p9w9		ἀκαθαρσίαν	1	uncleanness	impure behavior
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ COL	3	5	e65k		πάθος	1	passion	strong, lustful desire
 COL	3	5	h5v4		τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρία	1	envy, which is idolatry	“covetousness, which is the same thing as idolatry” or “do not desire what other people have because that is the same as worshiping idols”
 COL	3	6	s9lm		ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God	God’s anger against those who do evil as shown by what he does to punish them.
 COL	3	7	p4q8	figs-metaphor	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1	In these things you also formerly walked	Paul speaks of the way a person behaves as if it were a road or path a person walks on. Alternate translation: “These are the things you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	7	s824	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις	1	when you were living in them	This could mean: (1) “when you practiced these things” or (2) “when you lived among the people who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	7	s824	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις	1	when you were living in them	This could mean: (1) This means they practiced these things. (2) This means they lived among the people who disobey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	8	d3wr		κακίαν	1	evil desire	“desire to do wicked deeds”
 COL	3	8	lgz1		βλασφημίαν	1	slander	speech used to hurt others
 COL	3	8	f59z		αἰσχρολογίαν	1	and obscene speech	words that do not belong in polite conversation
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ COL	3	13	r8iy		ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων	1	bearing with one another
 COL	3	13	rts1		χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς	1	being gracious to each other	“treating each other better than they deserve for you to treat them”
 COL	3	13	p474	figs-abstractnouns	πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	hay have a complaint against	The abstract noun **complaint** can be stated as “complain.” Alternate translation: “might have a reason to complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	put on love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metonymy	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace** that **Christ** gives as if it were a ruler. This could mean: (1) “Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other” or (2) “Allow God to give you peace in your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metonymy	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace** that **Christ** gives as if it were a ruler. This could mean: (1) They should do everything so that they can have peaceful relationships with each other. (2) This means they should allow God to give them peace in their heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	15	i9hg	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	16	w9dv	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Paul speaks of the **word of Christ** as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	16	g0h5	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here the **word of Christ** here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: “Be obedient to the instructions of Christ” or “Always trust Christ’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ COL	3	16	ubi5		ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικα
 COL	3	16	cnj1	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	singing with thankfulness in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “singing with thankfulness in your minds” or “singing and being thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	17	g8p8		ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ	1	in word or in deed	“in speaking or in acting”
 COL	3	17	uix9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting in the **name** of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: “to honor the Lord Jesus” or “so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him” or “as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	3	17	bv84	figs-metaphor	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	This could mean: (1) because he has done great deeds or (2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	17	bv84	figs-metaphor	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	This could mean: (1) This means Jesus has done great deeds. (2) This means Jesus has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	18	flu9			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul then gives some special instructions to wives, husbands, children, fathers, slaves, and masters.
 COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	“Wives, obey your own husbands”
 COL	3	18	b2y3		ἀνῆκεν	1	is fitting	“is proper” or “is right”
diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
index 2200560ad7..5757ef6374 100644
--- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	4	xky4			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
 1TH	1	4	erb6		ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
 1TH	1	5	ude4		οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον	1	not in word only	“not only in what we said”
-1TH	1	5	h675		ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit	This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or (2) the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
+1TH	1	5	h675		ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit	This could mean: (1) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
 1TH	1	5	t1w3	figs-abstractnouns	πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	in much assurance	The abstract noun **assurance** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	1	5	e889		οἷοι	1	what kind of men	“how we conducted ourselves when”
 1TH	1	6	cs49		ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ…ἐγενήθητε	1	you became imitators	To “imitate” means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by **Jesus** himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	3	mw4j		ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	“for you to stay away from sexually immoral acts”
-1TH	4	4	f4ux		εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know how to possess his own vessel	This could mean: (1) “know how to live with his own wife” or (2) “know how to control his own body”
+1TH	4	4	f4ux		εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know how to possess his own vessel	This could mean: (1) This refers to knowing how to live with his own wife. (2) This refers to knowing how to control his own body.
 1TH	4	5	x2t7		ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	“with wrongful sexual desire”
 1TH	4	6	a9st	figs-doublet	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: “do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	4	6	q7bf	figs-explicit	ἔκδικος Κύριος	1	the Lord is an avenger	This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
index 3a081556bb..3a75b0b172 100644
--- a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	5	ar8t		συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς	1	a good conscience	Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
 1TI	1	5	m53g		πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
-1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to trust in God. (2) This refers to belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	7	v28u	figs-explicit	νομοδιδάσκαλοι	1	teachers of the law	Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	18	b6uq	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	child	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	y6jg		κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας	1	in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
 1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	19	jj6k	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχων πίστιν	1	holding faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus or (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “continue trusting in Jesus” or (2) “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	1	19	jj6k	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχων πίστιν	1	holding faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	19	ly6q	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν	1	a good conscience	See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God) or (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “their relationship with Jesus” or (2) “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God) (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “their relationship with Jesus” (2) “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	20	pv7f	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Hymenaeus … Alexander	These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	20	az10	figs-explicit	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1		This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	7	qa8d	figs-metaphor	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	2	7	hb97		ἐν Χριστῷ	1		“as a follower of Christ”
 1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
-1TI	2	7	h18q		διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” or (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
+1TI	2	7	h18q		διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
 1TI	2	7	t201	figs-hendiadys	διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	2	7	t202		ἐθνῶν	1	the nations	This term refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “the Gentiles” or “non-Jewish people groups”
 1TI	2	8	a841	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	the men in every place	Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	14	t221	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	came into transgression	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	2	15	krx4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	2	15	t222		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
-1TI	2	15	u8iv		σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1	she will be saved through childbearing	This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” or (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
+1TI	2	15	u8iv		σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1	she will be saved through childbearing	This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
 1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	2	15	n818	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	15	gh3c		ἐὰν μείνωσιν	1	if they remain	Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
@@ -167,16 +167,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	11	q5qx		σεμνάς	1	dignified	Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
 1TI	3	11	a12k		μὴ διαβόλους	1	not slanderers	Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
 1TI	3	11	akm5		νηφαλίους	1	sober	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “not doing anything to excess.”
-1TI	3	12	wji2		μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες	1	husbands of one wife	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: (1) “not married to more than one woman” or (2) “faithful to their wives”
+1TI	3	12	wji2		μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες	1	husbands of one wife	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: (1) “not married to more than one woman” (2) “faithful to their wives”
 1TI	3	12	dv31		τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων	1	managing their own children and households well	Alternate translation: “taking proper care of their children and their personal affairs”
 1TI	3	13	rfq2	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses this word to introduce what the results will be if people with the qualifications he has just described are chosen as church leaders. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	3	13	t259		οἱ…καλῶς διακονήσαντες	1	those having served well	This could refer either to deacons, whom Paul has just discussed, or to overseers as well, as a conclusion to Paul’s entire discussion of church leaders. Alternate translations: “deacons who serve well” or “church leaders who serve well”
-1TI	3	13	cv34		βαθμὸν…καλὸν	1	a good standing	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” or (2) “a good reputation”
-1TI	3	13	m684		καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” or (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence”
+1TI	3	13	cv34		βαθμὸν…καλὸν	1	a good standing	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” (2) “a good reputation”
+1TI	3	13	m684		καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence”
 1TI	3	14	t262	figs-idiom	ἐν τάχει	1	in quickness	This expression describes Paul’s haste and urgency. Alternate translation: “as soon as I can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	3	14	zzzu	figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	to come	In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 1TI	3	15	z9z8		ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω	1	but if I delay	This does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
-1TI	3	15	p9u4		ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι	1	so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God	Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” or (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
+1TI	3	15	p9u4		ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι	1	so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God	Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
 1TI	3	15	wzk3	figs-distinguish	οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	the household of God, which is the church of the living God	This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TI	3	15	cd5r	figs-metaphor	στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	a pillar and support of the truth	Paul speaks of the truth as if it were a building and of the community of believers as if they were helping to hold up that building. Alternate translation: “which helps to proclaim God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	15	t267	figs-doublet	στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα	1	a pillar and support	The terms **pillar** and **support** mean basically the same thing. They are architectural features that hold up parts of buildings. Paul uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “which helps promote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	1	jzr9		δὲ	1	Now	Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
 1TI	4	1	b739	figs-idiom	ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς	1	in later times	This expression refers to the time period when God’s purposes in history are approaching their culmination and so the evil opposition to them increases. Paul is probably referring to the time period between Jesus’ resurrection and his second coming. Alternate translation: “in these days as God’s purposes advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	4	1	b931	figs-metaphor	ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως	1	some will leave the faith	Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	4	1	hw98	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως	1	some will leave the faith	Here, **faith** refers to either: (1) the teachings about Jesus, or (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” or (2) “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	4	1	hw98	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως	1	some will leave the faith	Here, **faith** refers to either: (1) the teachings about Jesus. (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	4	1	q13m		προσέχοντες	1	attending to	Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
 1TI	4	1	ae5w	figs-doublet	πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων	1	deceiving spirits and teachings of demons	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	2	pw29		ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων	1	in false-speaking hypocrisy	If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	7	sea5	figs-metaphor	γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν	1	train yourself for godliness	Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	8	t311	figs-quotemarks	γὰρ	1	for	What follows after this word is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	4	8	i6rh		σωματικὴ γυμνασία	1	bodily training	Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
-1TI	4	8	t313		πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος	1	is valuable for a little	This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” or (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value”
+1TI	4	8	t313		πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος	1	is valuable for a little	This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value”
 1TI	4	8	df19		ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα	1	having promise for	Alternate translation: “will bring benefits”
 1TI	4	9	t315		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	That word is trustworthy	As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
 1TI	4	9	hc1t		καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος	1	and worthy of all acceptance	See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	15	merc	figs-explicit	σου ἡ προκοπὴ	1	your progress	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	16	uq6c		ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
 1TI	4	16	zxe7		ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς	1	Continue in these things	Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
-1TI	4	16	u7ez		καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου	1	you will save both yourself and your listeners	Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
+1TI	4	16	u7ez		καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου	1	you will save both yourself and your listeners	Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
 1TI	5	intro	jx4e			0		# 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br><br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows because they could not provide for themselves.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter, as in chapter 4, Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” Here, as well, they seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
 1TI	5	1	wt5y	figs-you		0	General Information:	Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1TI	5	1	l4w5		πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς	1	Do not rebuke an older man	Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	3	smp5	figs-idiom	χήρας τίμα	1	Honor widows	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	3	qc6s		τὰς ὄντως χήρας	1	real widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	4	vv64		τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα	1	children or grandchildren	Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
-1TI	5	4	w38h		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” or (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
+1TI	5	4	w38h		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
 1TI	5	4	fnab		μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν	1	let them learn to honor	Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
-1TI	5	4	t344	figs-parallelism	μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears	There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” or (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TI	5	4	t344	figs-parallelism	μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears	There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TI	5	4	g5mu	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον	1	their own household	Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	5	4	q5c8		ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	make repayment to their forebears	Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
 1TI	5	4	t347	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	for	Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	9	s8ql	figs-activepassive	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1	Let a widow be enrolled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	9	khe1	figs-explicit	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1		There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	9	i27x	figs-litotes	μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα	1	being not less than sixty years old	Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-1TI	5	9	q9dj	figs-idiom	ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή	1	a wife of one husband	Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this means that she has only one husband, and may also means that she was only married once. (If it means the second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men.) Alternate translations: (1) “she was always faithful to her husband” or (2) “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	5	9	q9dj	figs-idiom	ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή	1	a wife of one husband	Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this means that she has only one husband, and may also means that she was only married once. (If it means the second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men.) Alternate translations: (1) “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	10	l8nm	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη	1	attested in good works	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	10	mik7		ἐξενοδόχησεν	1	has received strangers	Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
 1TI	5	10	ygl3	translate-symaction	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	13	t376		περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας	1	going around houses	Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
 1TI	5	13	nll4	figs-doublet	φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα	1	babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not	These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
 1TI	5	13	cym5		φλύαροι	1	babblers	Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
-1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to (1) Satan (that is the reading of UST) or (2) collectively to unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “the devil” or (2) “unbelievers who are opposing you”
+1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to (1) Satan (that is the reading of UST) (2) collectively to unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “the devil” (2) “unbelievers who are opposing you”
 1TI	5	15	fy54	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	having … turned aside after Satan	Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	g8k5	figs-nominaladj	τις πιστὴ	1	any believing woman	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she has widows within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	16	d35m		ὄντως χήραις	1	genuine widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** means either: (1) that the congregation should honor the elders in two ways, or (2) that they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translations: (1) “of both respect and payment for their work” or (2) “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** means either: (1) that the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. (2) that they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translations: (1) “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	5	17	r8ew	figs-nominaladj	οἱ κοπιῶντες	1	the ones toiling	Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	19	af68	grammar-connect-exceptions	κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ	1	do not receive an accusation, except if	If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1TI	5	19	t399	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων	1	on two or three witnesses	Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	19	kmy5		δύο ἢ τριῶν	1	two or three	Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
-1TI	5	20	m4uh	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας	1	the ones sinning	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning, or (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” or (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TI	5	20	m4uh	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας	1	the ones sinning	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning. (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	20	db63	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον…πάντων	1	before all	Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	20	t404	figs-idiom	φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	may have fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	22	pyl8	figs-explicit	μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις	1	nor share in the sins of others	The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	23	xl32	figs-explicit	οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ	1	use a little wine	Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	24	uk56	figs-gendernotations	τινῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	of some men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TI	5	24	ug1z	figs-personification	πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν	1	are evident, going ahead into judgment	Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could mean: (1) the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” or (2) judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1TI	5	24	i1c6	figs-personification	τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν	1	but they also follow after some	Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could mean: (1) judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” or (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TI	5	24	ug1z	figs-personification	πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν	1	are evident, going ahead into judgment	Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could mean: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TI	5	24	i1c6	figs-personification	τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν	1	but they also follow after some	Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could mean: (1) This refers to judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” (2) This refers to judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TI	5	25	pd8v	figs-explicit	καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα	1	good works are also evident	Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	25	qlu5	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ	1	good works	The implication is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	25	bl51	figs-metaphor	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -351,10 +351,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	1	xb92	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the name of God	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	1	f5pc	figs-explicit	ἡ διδασκαλία	1	the teaching	Implicitly Paul means the teaching about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TI	6	2	nmh9		καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ	1	beloved	This could mean: (1) that God loves these people, or (2) that other believers love these people, or both. Alternate translations: (1) “whom God loves” or (2) “and so their believing slaves should love them”
+1TI	6	2	nmh9		καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ	1	beloved	This could mean: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) Other believers love these people, or both.  Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
 1TI	6	3	t430	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This could mean either: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus, or (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
+1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This could mean either: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
 1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	4	t434	figs-gendernotations	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	10	a1fx	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς	1	have pierced themselves with many sorrows	Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	11	tp97		ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ	1	O man of God	Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
 1TI	6	11	h9c6	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα φεῦγε	1	flee these things	Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	11	a88g		ταῦτα	1	these things	This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money), or (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
+1TI	6	11	a88g		ταῦτα	1	these things	This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
 1TI	6	11	zjl3	figs-metaphor	δίωκε	1	pursue	Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	13	t477	figs-explicit	καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	and Christ Jesus	The implication is that Paul is also asking Jesus to be his witness. Alternate translation: “and with Christ Jesus … as my witness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	amy1	figs-explicit	τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πειλάτου τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	the one having testified the good confession before Pontius Pilate	Paul is offering Jesus to Timothy as an example of someone who publicly affirmed his obedience to God even when others were hostile and threatening. Alternate translation: “who acknowledged God himself when Pontius Pilate put him on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	14	p9n9	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλον ἀνεπίλημπτον	1	spotless, irreproachable	The terms **spotless** and **irreproachable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A **spot** figuratively means a moral fault. Possible meanings are: (1) in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong, or (2) in such a way that other people will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A **spot** figuratively means a moral fault. Possible meanings are: (1) in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong. (2) in such a way that other people will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	14	nk52		μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “until our Lord Jesus Christ returns”
 1TI	6	15	t482	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	6	15	ac6y	figs-explicit	ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης	1	the blessed and only Sovereign	This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	20	u9wd	figs-activepassive	τὴν παραθήκην	1	guard the entrustment	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what Jesus has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	20	dd1v	figs-explicit	τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	guard the entrustment	The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	20	vgr8	figs-metonymy	ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας	1	avoiding the profane chatter	In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	6	20	t498		καὶ ἀντιθέσεις	1	and contradictions	This could mean that the false teachers: (1) are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief or (2) that they are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements”
+1TI	6	20	t498		καὶ ἀντιθέσεις	1	and contradictions	This could mean that the false teachers: (1) are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief (2) that they are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements”
 1TI	6	20	y2u7	figs-activepassive	τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως	1	of miscalled knowledge	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	21	e6rb	figs-metaphor	περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν	1	have missed the mark regarding the faith	See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	21	t501		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
diff --git a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
index d1d85d39d3..baaf046991 100644
--- a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	2	ey7g	figs-metaphor	ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ	1	my beloved child	Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	2	w43q	translate-blessing	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace from	After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TI	1	2	p003	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace	Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	1	2	ub7c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as: (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+2TI	1	2	ub7c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as: (1) the Father of Christ (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2TI	1	2	dcr3	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TI	1	3	p004	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ	1	I have gratitude to God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	3	tvb7	figs-idiom	ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων	1	whom I serve from my ancestors	This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	6	p010	figs-metaphor	τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου	1	the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands	Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	6	s6vb	figs-explicit	τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου	1	the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands	It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	7	u8vl	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TI	1	7	h1z3		οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline	This could mean: (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
+2TI	1	7	h1z3		οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline	This could mean: (1) Here, **spirit** may refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) Here, **spirit** may refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
 2TI	1	7	p011	figs-abstractnouns	δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of power, and of love, and of discipline	Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	1	7	k6g7		σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of discipline	The word **discipline** could mean: (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
+2TI	1	7	k6g7		σωφρονισμοῦ	1	of discipline	The word **discipline** could mean: (1) Here, **discipline** may refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) Here, **discipline** may refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
 2TI	1	8	fk9z	figs-metonymy	τὸ μαρτύριον	1	the testimony	Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	8	blk9		τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ	1	his prisoner	Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
-2TI	1	8	ry82		συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	suffer together for the gospel	The term **together** could mean: (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
+2TI	1	8	ry82		συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	suffer together for the gospel	The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
 2TI	1	8	xa86		συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	suffer together for the gospel	Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
 2TI	1	8	hi9a		τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ	1	for the gospel, according to the power of God	Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
-2TI	1	9	ld55	figs-metonymy	καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ	1	called us with a holy calling	Here, **with a holy calling** could mean: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” or (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	1	9	ld55	figs-metonymy	καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ	1	called us with a holy calling	Here, **with a holy calling** could mean: (1) This refers to what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) This refers to the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	9	lmas		οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν	1	not according to our works	It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
 2TI	1	9	kyr5	figs-hendiadys	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν	1	but according to his own purpose and grace	Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	9	p012	figs-activepassive	καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -59,18 +59,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	12	j37g		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	for which reason	Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
 2TI	1	12	y8l4	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω	1	I also suffer also these things	Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	12	td39		πέπεισμαι	1	I am certain	Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
-2TI	1	12	p6pi	figs-metaphor	τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι	1	to guard my deposit	Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” or (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	12	hhu5	figs-possession	τὴν παραθήκην μου	1	my deposit	The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+2TI	1	12	p6pi	figs-metaphor	τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι	1	to guard my deposit	Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	12	hhu5	figs-possession	τὴν παραθήκην μου	1	my deposit	The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TI	1	12	qcu3	figs-explicit	ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	that day	This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	13	p017	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	1	13	b2ld		ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Here, **love** could mean: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” or (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
+2TI	1	13	b2ld		ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Here, **love** could mean: (1) This refers to the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) This refers to the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
 2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	14	i5g5	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην	1	the good deposit	Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	cb5q	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	Guard the good deposit	Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	a3v2		διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	through the Holy Spirit	Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
-2TI	1	15	p018	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	all who are in Asia	The word **all** could mean: (1) Paul could have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul could have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TI	1	15	p018	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	all who are in Asia	The word **all** could mean: (1) Paul may have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul may have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	1	15	p019	translate-names	Ἀσίᾳ	1	Asia	This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	15	p6f4	figs-metaphor	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	15	p020	figs-explicit	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	2	ig9v	figs-explicit	διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	along with many witnesses	Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	2	kv1m	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	entrust these things to faithful men	Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	2	p027	figs-gendernotations	πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	to faithful men	Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TI	2	3	yc1j	figs-explicit	συνκακοπάθησον	1	Suffer together	The term **together** could mean: (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	2	3	yc1j	figs-explicit	συνκακοπάθησον	1	Suffer together	The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	3	juu2	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as a good soldier of Jesus Christ	Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	4	a4x7	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	4	p7n5	figs-metaphor	ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	gets entangled in the affairs of life	Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	11	p044		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
 2TI	2	11	p045	figs-quotemarks	πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 2TI	2	11	g6e4	writing-poetry	εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	For if we died with him, we will also live with him	This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
-2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean: (1) Paul could be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul could be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	11	p046		καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	we will also live with him	Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could mean: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” or (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
+2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean: (1) Paul may be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul may be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	11	p046		καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	we will also live with him	Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could mean: (1) This refers to life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) This refers to how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
 2TI	2	12	p048		εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα	1	if we deny him	Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
 2TI	2	12	p049		κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς	1	he also will deny us	In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
 2TI	2	13	ke4w		εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν	1	if we are unfaithful	Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	15	m3vy		σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ	1	Strive to present yourself approved to God	Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
 2TI	2	15	rj6y	figs-metaphor	ἐργάτην	1	a worker	Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	15	xgz9	figs-metaphor	ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	cutting the word of truth straight	Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean: (1) It could refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It could refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean: (1) It may refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It may refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	15	p053	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	16	e27q	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας	1	they will advance into greater ungodliness	Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	17	i73t	figs-simile	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει	1	their word will have a spreading like gangrene	This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions, or (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2TI	2	17	i73t	figs-simile	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει	1	their word will have a spreading like gangrene	This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2TI	2	17	p054	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν	1	their word	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	17	p055	translate-unknown	ὡς γάγγραινα	1	like gangrene	**Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	2	17	p056	writing-pronouns	ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus	Paul gives Timothy the names of two men who are examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	20	p061	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα	1	but also wood and clay	Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	2	20	j75l		σκεύη	1	containers	The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
 2TI	2	20	mt5e	figs-abstractnouns	ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1	both some for honor and some for dishonor	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean: (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean: (1) The word **these** may refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** may refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p062	figs-explicit	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	21	mh63		ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work	These four phrases could mean: (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
+2TI	2	21	mh63		ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work	These four phrases could mean: (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
 2TI	2	21	p063	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	21	nl5d	figs-metaphor	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	17	uu7i		ἄρτιος	1	proficient	Alternative translation: “fully capable”
 2TI	3	17	p099	figs-activepassive	ἐξηρτισμένος	1	equipped	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	intro	k2xa			0		# 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
-2TI	4	1	eh3x		διαμαρτύρομαι	1	I adjure you	The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could mean: (1) to place someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” or (2) to solemnly command someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
+2TI	4	1	eh3x		διαμαρτύρομαι	1	I adjure you	The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could mean: (1) This refers to placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) This refers to solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
 2TI	4	1	cb15	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	1	u32g	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	4	1	p100	figs-nominaladj	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	2	p101		ἐπιτίμησον	1	rebuke	The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
 2TI	4	2	p102	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	4	2	g5r0	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	4	2	p103	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TI	4	2	p103	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** may be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	4	3	jv7a		ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε	1	there will be a time when	Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
 2TI	4	3	u2cc		οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
 2TI	4	3	ilx7	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	6	fb7l	figs-euphemism	ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν	1	the time of my departure is here	Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean: (1) The word **good** could describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** could mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean: (1) The word **good** may describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** may mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	vk2p	figs-metaphor	τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα	1	I have kept the faith	Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	8	ujg5	figs-activepassive	ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	16	rm2t	figs-activepassive	μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη	1	May it not be counted against them	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	17	t1fw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη	1	the Lord stood with me	Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	y69m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ	1	so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	17	p113	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	and all the Gentiles might hear	Here, **all** could mean: (1) a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” or (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TI	4	17	p113	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	and all the Gentiles might hear	Here, **all** could mean: (1) This is a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) This is a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	4	17	gsr8	figs-metaphor	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	p114	figs-activepassive	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	18	p115	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	to the ages of the ages	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
diff --git a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
index 2433ce59a5..55952c3c9d 100644
--- a/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ TIT	1	6	wja4			0	Connecting Statement:	Having told Titus to ordain elders in eve
 TIT	1	6	jen8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος	1	if anyone is blameless	This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
 TIT	1	6	ab70	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνέγκλητος	1	blameless	To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	1	6	q6uy	figs-explicit	μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ	1	the husband of one wife	This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-TIT	1	6	wd6q		τέκνα…πιστά	1	faithful children	This could mean: (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
+TIT	1	6	wd6q		τέκνα…πιστά	1	faithful children	This could mean: (1) This refers to children who believe in Jesus. (2) This refers to children who are trustworthy.
 TIT	1	7	lz7x		τὸν ἐπίσκοπον	1	the overseer	This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
 TIT	1	7	g2zf	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον	1	the household manager of God	Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	1	7	d6l1		μὴ πάροινον	1	not addicted to wine	“not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ TIT	3	14	xy32	figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι	1	in
 TIT	3	15	j3y2			0	General Information:	Paul ends his letter to Titus.
 TIT	3	15	abci		ἀσπάζονταί σε	1	greet you	Here, **you** is singular–this is a personal greeting to Titus.
 TIT	3	15	k1sa		οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες	1	All those who are with me	“All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
-TIT	3	15	f4vc		τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει	1	those who love us in faith	Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” or (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
+TIT	3	15	f4vc		τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει	1	those who love us in faith	Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
 TIT	3	15	xy35	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	15	kx83		ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with all of you	This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
 TIT	3	15	xy34		ὑμῶν	1	of you	Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
index 393148a679..f3ad325f39 100644
--- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ HEB	1	5	t48e	figs-parallelism	Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέ
 HEB	1	6	b6dy			0	General Information:	The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels … him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes … fire,” is from the Psalms.
 HEB	1	6	b4s2	figs-metaphor	τὸν πρωτότοκον	1	the firstborn	This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the “firstborn” to emphasize the Son’s importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: “his honored Son, his only Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	1	6	n7ph		λέγει	1	he says	“God says”
-HEB	1	7	isd8	figs-metaphor	ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα	1	He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire	This could mean: (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” or (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+HEB	1	7	isd8	figs-metaphor	ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα	1	He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire	This could mean: (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	1	8	vl1n			0	General Information:	This scriptual quotation comes from the Psalms.
 HEB	1	8	p1xx		πρὸς δὲ τὸν Υἱόν	1	But to the Son he says	“But God says this to the Son”
 HEB	1	8	b155	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱόν	1	Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ HEB	1	14	v541	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο
 HEB	2	intro	s2gd			0		# Hebrews 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
 HEB	2	1	x7px			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
 HEB	2	1	c72f	figs-exclusive	δεῖ…ἡμᾶς	1	we must	Here, **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-HEB	2	1	ayd1	figs-metaphor	μήποτε παραρυῶμεν	1	so that we do not drift away from it	This could mean: (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+HEB	2	1	ayd1	figs-metaphor	μήποτε παραρυῶμεν	1	so that we do not drift away from it	This could mean: (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	2	2	j4fa	figs-explicit	εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος	1	For if the message that was spoken through the angels	The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	2	2	k5kb		εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος	1	For if the message	The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
 HEB	2	2	u52i	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν	1	every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment	Here, **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ HEB	2	9	i4fc		παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ κ
 HEB	2	9	bil4	figs-metaphor	γεύσηται θανάτου	1	he might taste death	The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	2	10	r899	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα	1	bring many sons to glory	The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	2	10	l95y	figs-gendernotations	πολλοὺς υἱοὺς	1	many sons	Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-HEB	2	10	sw9t	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν	1	the leader of their salvation	This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” or (2) the word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+HEB	2	10	sw9t	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν	1	the leader of their salvation	This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” (2) the word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	2	10	l321	figs-metaphor	τελειῶσαι	1	complete	Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	2	11	jy9p			0	General Information:	This prophetic quotation comes from a Psalm of King David.
 HEB	2	11	ky9v		ὅ…ἁγιάζων	1	the one who sanctifies	“the one who makes others holy” or “the one who makes others pure from sin”
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ HEB	5	6	k5uw		ἐν ἑτέρῳ	1	in another place	“in another place in the s
 HEB	5	6	ede5		κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ	1	after the manner of Melchizedek	This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
 HEB	5	7	mv2c	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	During the days of his flesh	Here, **the days** stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HEB	5	7	iel9	figs-doublet	δεήσεις…καὶ ἱκετηρίας	1	prayers and requests	Both of these words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-HEB	5	7	p6zm		τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου	1	the one able to save him from death	This could mean: (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” or (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
+HEB	5	7	p6zm		τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου	1	the one able to save him from death	This could mean: (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
 HEB	5	7	e75a	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθεὶς	1	he was heard	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	5	8	mk8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱός	1	a son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 HEB	5	9	z2bv			0	Connecting Statement:	In verse 11 the writer begins his third warning. He warns these believers that they are still not mature and encourages them to learn God’s word so they can understand right from wrong.
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ HEB	9	5	f1je	figs-pronouns	περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν	1	which we cannot
 HEB	9	6	mra7	figs-activepassive	τούτων…οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων	1	After these things were prepared	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After the priests prepared these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	9	7	xs9l	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος	1	not without blood	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “he always brought blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 HEB	9	7	xtk5		αἵματος	1	blood	This is the blood of the bull and goat that the high priest had to sacrifice on the Day of Atonement.
-HEB	9	8	a26f		τῶν ἁγίων	1	the most holy place	This could mean: (1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth or (2) God’s presence in heaven.
-HEB	9	8	e14c	figs-metonymy	ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν	1	the first tabernacle was still standing	This could mean: (1) “the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing” or (2) “the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+HEB	9	8	a26f		τῶν ἁγίων	1	the most holy place	This could mean: (1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth (2) God’s presence in heaven.
+HEB	9	8	e14c	figs-metonymy	ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν	1	the first tabernacle was still standing	This could mean: (1) “the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing” (2) “the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HEB	9	9	cu76		ἥτις παραβολὴ	1	This was an illustration	“This was a picture” or “This was a symbol”
 HEB	9	9	fl6i		εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα	1	for the present time	“for now”
 HEB	9	9	g16u	figs-activepassive	προσφέρονται	1	that are now being offered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests now offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ HEB	9	14	zbj1	figs-metaphor	νεκρῶν ἔργων	1	dead works	Sinful deeds
 HEB	9	15	x3xr		διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	“As a result” or “Because of this”
 HEB	9	15	p2kg		διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν	1	he is the mediator of a new covenant	This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
 HEB	9	15	q3x3		τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ	1	first covenant	See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
-HEB	9	15	z29a	figs-metonymy	εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων	1	to free those under the first covenant from their sins	“to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” This could mean: (1) here **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” or (2) here **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+HEB	9	15	z29a	figs-metonymy	εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων	1	to free those under the first covenant from their sins	“to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” This could mean: (1) here **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” (2) here **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HEB	9	15	ve3v	figs-activepassive	οἱ κεκλημένοι	1	those who are called	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has chosen to be his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	9	15	xb9f	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίας	1	inheritance	Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	9	16	rng2		διαθήκη	1	a will	a legal document in which a person states who should receive his possessions when he himself dies
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ HEB	10	19	ih5u			0	Connecting Statement:	Having made it clear that there is only
 HEB	10	19	f6g3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 HEB	10	19	fii7	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἁγίων	1	the most holy place	This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	10	19	zl87	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ	1	by the blood of Jesus	Here, **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HEB	10	20	l7wh		ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν	1	living way	This could mean: (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
+HEB	10	20	l7wh		ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν	1	living way	This could mean: (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
 HEB	10	20	c3ve	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος	1	through the curtain	The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	10	20	ega9	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	his flesh	Here, **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HEB	10	21	uh6i		καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	we have a great priest over the house of God	This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this “great priest.”
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ HEB	11	4	g52j	figs-metaphor	ἔτι λαλεῖ	1	Abel still speaks	Reading the
 HEB	11	5	r3yl	figs-activepassive	πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον	1	It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It was by faith that Enoch did not die because God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	11	5	ki2t	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν θάνατον	1	see death	This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	11	5	kb5l	figs-activepassive	πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως	1	before he was taken up	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HEB	11	5	jbx2	figs-activepassive	μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ	1	it was testified that he had pleased God	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” or (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HEB	11	5	jbx2	figs-activepassive	μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ	1	it was testified that he had pleased God	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	11	6	hd94		χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως	1	Now without faith	Here, **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
 HEB	11	6	r9nb	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς…πίστεως, ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι	1	without faith it is impossible to please him	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “a person can please God only if he has faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 HEB	11	6	b438	figs-metaphor	τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ	1	that anyone coming to God	Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming to God. Alternate translation: “that anyone who wants to belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ HEB	11	10	fd98		ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεό
 HEB	11	10	ufe6		τεχνίτης	1	architect	a person who designs buildings and cities
 HEB	11	11	ks44			0	General Information:	Many versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah, and others interpret it as referring to Abraham.
 HEB	11	11	mk6i		πίστει καὶ αὐτῇ Σάρρᾳ δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας, ἐπεὶ…ἡγήσατο	1	It was by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren, that Abraham received ability to father a child. This happened even though he was too old, since he considered	Some versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah. “By faith Sarah, herself also barren, received power to bear children even beyond the time of maturity, since she considered”
-HEB	11	11	mtf2	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1	It was by faith	The abstract noun “faith” can be expressed with the verb “believe.” This could mean: (1) it was by Abraham’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Abraham believed God” or (2) it was by Sarah’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Sarah believed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+HEB	11	11	mtf2	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1	It was by faith	The abstract noun “faith” can be expressed with the verb “believe.” This could mean: (1) it was by Abraham’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Abraham believed God” (2) it was by Sarah’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Sarah believed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HEB	11	11	dgu6		δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν	1	received ability to father a child	“received ability to become a father” or “received ability to have a child”
 HEB	11	11	wgp6		ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον	1	since she considered as faithful the one who had given the promise	“because he believed God, who had give the promise, to be faithful”
 HEB	11	12	x8b2	figs-simile	ἐγεννήθησαν…καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος	1	descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore	This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ HEB	11	34	sy63		ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ…ἔ
 HEB	11	35	t9sp	figs-abstractnouns	ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Women received back their dead by resurrection	This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “resurrection.” The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 HEB	11	35	ne1u	figs-activepassive	ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	Others were tortured, not accepting release	It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Others accepted torture rather than release from prison” or “Others allowed their enemies to torture them rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HEB	11	35	faq3		ἐτυμπανίσθησαν	1	tortured	made to suffer great mental or physical pain
-HEB	11	35	jyw7		κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως	1	a better resurrection	This could mean: (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
+HEB	11	35	jyw7		κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως	1	a better resurrection	This could mean: (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
 HEB	11	36	e9al	figs-activepassive	ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον	1	Others had testing in mocking and whippings	These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HEB	11	36	nx7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς	1	Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment	This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HEB	11	37	fg8c	figs-activepassive	ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον	1	They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword	These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others … People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ HEB	12	25	pnn5	figs-you		0	General Information:	This quotation is from the proph
 HEB	12	25	c9cn			0	Connecting Statement:	Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
 HEB	12	25	nnk9	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα	1	you do not refuse the one who is speaking	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 HEB	12	25	gkn1	figs-explicit	εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον	1	if they did not escape	The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-HEB	12	25	fy9u		ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα	1	the one who warned them on earth	This could mean: (1) “Moses, who warned them here on earth” or (2) “God, who warned them at Mount Sinai”
+HEB	12	25	fy9u		ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα	1	the one who warned them on earth	This could mean: (1) “Moses, who warned them here on earth” (2) “God, who warned them at Mount Sinai”
 HEB	12	25	s5lj	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι	1	if we turn away from the one who is warning	Disobeying God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and walking away from him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HEB	12	26	rf4e		οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν	1	his voice shook the earth	“when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake”
 HEB	12	26	i1c8		ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω	1	shook … shake	Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God.
@@ -821,5 +821,5 @@ HEB	13	22	b27j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	This refers to al
 HEB	13	22	d5e6		ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως	1	bear with the word of encouragement	“patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you”
 HEB	13	22	l8b3	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως	1	the word of encouragement	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HEB	13	23	w3m2	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένον	1	has been set free	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “is no longer in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HEB	13	24	r7kn		ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Those from Italy greet you	This could mean: (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
+HEB	13	24	r7kn		ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Those from Italy greet you	This could mean: (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
 HEB	13	24	kk9c	translate-names	τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Italy	This is the name of a region at that time. Rome was the then-capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
index 4eafeea61a..f0be3edbe8 100644
--- a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ JAS	1	10	nug7	figs-simile	ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου	1	like a flower of the
 JAS	1	10	j021	translate-unknown	ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύσεται	1	like a flower of the grass	If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **flower of the grass** (that is, a wildflower), you could use a different illustration. You could use something familiar to them that lasts only for a short time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	1	11	j022		ἀνέτειλεν γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος σὺν τῷ καύσωνι, καὶ ἐξήρανεν τὸν χόρτον, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν, καὶ ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	For the sun rose with heat and dried up the grass, and its flower fell off and the beauty of its face perished	Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “For the sun rises with heat and dries up the grass, and its flower falls off and the beauty of its face perishes”
 JAS	1	11	j023	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JAS	1	11	j024		σὺν τῷ καύσωνι	1	with heat	Here, **heat** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to intense, withering heat. Alternate translation: “and radiated withering heat” or, if you are using the present tense, “and radiates withering heat” or (2) It could refer to a hot wind that occurs in full sunlight. Alternate translation: “and caused a hot wind” or, if you are using the present tense, “and causes a hot wind”
+JAS	1	11	j024		σὺν τῷ καύσωνι	1	with heat	Here, **heat** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to intense, withering heat. Alternate translation: “and radiated withering heat” or, if you are using the present tense, “and radiates withering heat” (2) It could refer to a hot wind that occurs in full sunlight. Alternate translation: “and caused a hot wind” or, if you are using the present tense, “and causes a hot wind”
 JAS	1	11	j025	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	the beauty of its face perished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **beauty** with an adjective such as “beautiful.” Alternate translation: “it no longer had a beautiful appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	11	j026	figs-metaphor	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	the beauty of its face perished	James speaks figuratively of the wild **flower** as if it had a **face**. Alternate translation: “it no longer had a beautiful appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	11	gv7v	figs-metaphor	ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο	1	the beauty of its face perished	James speaks figuratively of the flower’s **beauty** as if it **perished** or died. Alternate translation: “it no longer had a beautiful appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ JAS	1	11	sdi2	figs-metaphor	ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ	1	in h
 JAS	1	12	m13d	figs-idiom	μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν	1	Blessed is the man who endures trial	**Blessed is** indicates that God is giving favor to someone or that his situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “The person who endures trial receives God’s favor” or “The person who endures trial is in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	1	12	j029	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ	1	the man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	1	12	vr4a		ὑπομένει πειρασμόν	1	endures trial	Here, **trial** could mean one of two things. See the discussion of the word in the General Notes to this chapter. James may actually want his readers to hear both senses in this case, as this verse is making a transition from a discussion of testing into a discussion of temptation. (1) The word **trial** could mean the same thing as in [1:2-3](../01/02.md), where it describes the “testing” of “faith.” The reading of UST expresses this interpretation. (2) The word could refer to being tempted, that is, being led by one’s desires to do something wrong, which James discusses in the following verses. Alternate translation: “resists temptation”
-JAS	1	12	vta6		δόκιμος γενόμενος	1	becoming approved	How you translate this will depend on how you translate **trial** earlier in the sentence. (In your translation, you could also focus on the way that God approves of this person, as UST does.) Alternate translation: (1) “once he has demonstrated his faithfulness” or (2) “once he has demonstrated his obedience”
+JAS	1	12	vta6		δόκιμος γενόμενος	1	becoming approved	How you translate this will depend on how you translate **trial** earlier in the sentence. (In your translation, you could also focus on the way that God approves of this person, as UST does.) Alternate translation: (1) “once he has demonstrated his faithfulness” (2) “once he has demonstrated his obedience”
 JAS	1	12	j030	figs-possession	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is using the possessive form not to refer to a **crown** that belongs to **life** but to describe **life** as if it were a **crown**. Alternate translation: “he will receive the crown that is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	1	12	k3hh	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	j031	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ JAS	1	14	z4bd	figs-metaphor	ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμεν
 JAS	1	15	j034	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν	1	Then desire, having conceived, bears sin	James uses the word **Then** to indicate that what he describes in this verse happens after something that he described in the previous verse. However, he does not mean that this happens after a person is “dragged away and enticed,” as he said at the end of that verse. Rather, he means that it happens after a person begins to entertain the temptation of a wrong “desire,” as he said at the beginning of that verse. It may be clearer in your language to use the word “when” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When desire has conceived, it bears sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JAS	1	15	s4cd	figs-personification	εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν	1	Then desire, having conceived, bears sin	James continues to speak figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing, in this case as if it were a woman who became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “If a person entertains wrong desires, he will become more and more inclined to sin until he finally does commit sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	1	15	j035	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death	James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	1	15	j036	figs-metaphor	ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	gives birth to death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) James could be talking about spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) James could be talking about physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JAS	1	15	j036	figs-metaphor	ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	gives birth to death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) James may be talking about spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) James may be talking about physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	16	v195	figs-metaphor	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	16	j037	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could mean: (1) James may be warning his readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) The statement may also have a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JAS	1	16	j038	figs-explicit	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: (1) “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or (2) “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	1	16	j038	figs-explicit	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: (1) “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” (2) “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	16	j039	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	17	j040	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν	1	Every good present and every perfect gift is from above	Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	17	t2nn	figs-doublet	πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν	1	Every good present and every perfect gift is from above	The phrases **good present** and **perfect gift** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. (As in [1:4](../01/04.md), the word **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate both phrases with a single expression. Alternate translation: “God gives us the things that are just right for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ JAS	1	18	j049	figs-explicit	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	J
 JAS	1	18	j346	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures	This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JAS	1	18	j050	figs-explicit	ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	something like a firstfruits of his creatures	James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	18	qh2e	figs-simile	ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	something like a firstfruits of his creatures	When they offered some of their first crops to God each year, the Israelites were acknowledging that the entire crop belonged to God and was a gift from God to them. James is using this **firstfruits** offering as a simile to indicate that the believers of his time are an indication that there will be many more people who will belong to God in the future. In fact, since James speaks of **creatures**, he may even mean that believers in Jesus are the first part of God’s creation to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule. Alternate translation: “the first of many people who would believe in Jesus” or “the first of God’s creatures to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JAS	1	19	dt7i	figs-sentencetypes	ἴστε	1	Know	This Greek form could be either imperative or indicative, and so it could mean: (1) if it is an imperative, James is telling his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “This is important” or (2) if it is an indicative, James is telling his readers that he is about to remind them of something that they already know. Alternate translation: “You already know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-sentencetypes]])
+JAS	1	19	dt7i	figs-sentencetypes	ἴστε	1	Know	This Greek form could be either imperative or indicative, and so it could mean: (1) If it is an imperative, James is telling his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “This is important” (2) If it is an indicative, James is telling his readers that he is about to remind them of something that they already know. Alternate translation: “You already know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-sentencetypes]])
 JAS	1	19	j051	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated this expression in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	19	j052	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	**But** could mean: (1) If **know** is an imperative, then James is using the term **but** as a transitional particle that does not indicate a contrast. If you decided to translate **know** as an imperative, you may have a similar word in your language that you can use for this same purpose. Otherwise, you do not need to translate the term. (2) If **know** is an indicative, then James is using the term **but** to introduce a mild contrast. He is saying that even though his readers already know what he is about to say, he wants to stress it anyway. If you decided to translate **know** as an indicative, you could use a term in your language that indicates a mild contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	1	19	p728	figs-idiom	ἔστω…πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν	1	let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak, slow to anger	The expression **slow to speak** does not refer to speaking slowly. Rather, like the expressions before and after it, it is an idiom. Alternate translation: “each of you should listen carefully, speak only after reflecting on what to say, and not lose your tempers easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ JAS	3	6	j196		τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν	1	our members	Alternate transl
 JAS	3	6	j197	figs-nominaladj	ἡ σπιλοῦσα	1	the thing staining	James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	6	sv44	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j198	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	3	6	j199	figs-idiom	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	The **course of existence** is an idiom that could mean: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” or (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JAS	3	6	j199	figs-idiom	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	The **course of existence** is an idiom that could mean: (1) This refers to a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) This refers to succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	3	6	lf1j	figs-metaphor	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	James is speaking figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **setting** a person’s life **on fire**. Alternate translation: “causing destruction throughout a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	a7qd	figs-activepassive	φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης	1	it is set on fire by Gehenna	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	6	j200	figs-metaphor	φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης	1	it is set on fire by Gehenna	James continues to speak figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **fire**. Alternate translation: “its destructive effects come from Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -446,13 +446,13 @@ JAS	4	1	pqx2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχ
 JAS	4	1	ub82	figs-doublet	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν?	1	Whence are wars and whence are battles among you?	The words **wars** and **battles** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “I will tell you where the continual conflicts that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	4	1	j241	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Are they not hence, from your lusts, which fight in your members?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is where they come from: from your lusts, which fight in your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	4	1	j242		οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν	1	Are they not hence	The word translated **hence** means “from here.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do they not come from here”
-JAS	4	1	v5kg	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” This could mean: (1) The phrase **in your members** could indicate the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) The word translated **in** could mean “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James could be speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	4	1	vpe2	figs-personification	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	In all of the cases that the previous note discusses, James would be speaking figuratively of **lusts** as if they were living things that could **fight.** Alternate translation: (1) “the lusts inside of you that cause you to fight to get what you want” or (2) “your lusts, which cause you to value and choose certain things in order to gratify them” or (3) “your lusts, which cause you to fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JAS	4	1	v5kg	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” This could mean: (1) The phrase **in your members** may indicate the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) The word translated **in** may mean “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James may be speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JAS	4	1	vpe2	figs-personification	τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν	1	your lusts, which fight in your members	In all of the cases that the previous note discusses, James would be speaking figuratively of **lusts** as if they were living things that could **fight.** Alternate translation: (1) “the lusts inside of you that cause you to fight to get what you want” (2) “your lusts, which cause you to value and choose certain things in order to gratify them” or (3) “your lusts, which cause you to fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	4	2	j243	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν	1	You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain	In both of these sentences, James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between the first and second clauses. Alternate translation: “You covet, but you do not have. You kill and envy, but you are not able to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	4	2	j244		ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν	1	You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain	Your language may require you to specify the objects of **have** and **obtain**. Alternate translation: “You covet, but you do not have what you covet. You kill and envy, but you are not able to obtain the things that you envy”
 JAS	4	2	j245	figs-parallelism	ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν	1	You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain	These two sentences mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “You desperately want things that other people have, but you cannot get them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JAS	4	2	khh9	figs-metaphor	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill and envy	James probably does not mean the word **kill** literally. Rather, this could mean: (1) James may be using the word in a figurative and spiritual sense to mean “hate.” This usage would reflect the teaching of Jesus and the apostles. Jesus said that the meaning of the commandment “do not kill” also applied to being angry with others and insulting them ([Matthew 5:21-22](../mat/05/21.md)). The apostle John wrote that “everyone who hates his brother is a murderer” ([1 John 3:15](../1jn/03/15.md)). Alternate translation: “You hate and envy” (2) James could be describing someone wanting something so badly that he would almost kill to get it. Alternate translation: “You envy almost to the point of murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	4	2	j246	figs-hendiadys	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill and envy	James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: (1) “you envy hatefully” or (2) “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+JAS	4	2	khh9	figs-metaphor	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill and envy	James probably does not mean the word **kill** literally. Rather, this could mean: (1) James may be using the word in a figurative and spiritual sense to mean “hate.” This usage would reflect the teaching of Jesus and the apostles. Jesus said that the meaning of the commandment “do not kill” also applied to being angry with others and insulting them ([Matthew 5:21-22](../mat/05/21.md)). The apostle John wrote that “everyone who hates his brother is a murderer” ([1 John 3:15](../1jn/03/15.md)). Alternate translation: “You hate and envy” (2) James may be describing someone wanting something so badly that he would almost kill to get it. Alternate translation: “You envy almost to the point of murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JAS	4	2	j246	figs-hendiadys	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill and envy	James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: (1) “you envy hatefully” (2) “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 JAS	4	2	j247	figs-metaphor	μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε	1	You battle and war	As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	2	v9m8	figs-doublet	μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε	1	You battle and war	The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	4	2	j248	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	You do not have because you do not ask	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ JAS	4	4	j256	figs-metaphor	ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	an enemy of God	Se
 JAS	4	5	i2y4	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1	Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	4	5	j257		ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1	the Scripture says	James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
 JAS	4	5	j258	figs-personification	ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1	the Scripture says	James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	4	5	bx68		πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	The Spirit whom he caused to live in us longs with jealousy	This could mean: (1) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the subject of the verb **longs**. The idea of the Spirit being jealous would fit with the adultery metaphor in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The Spirit whom God has caused to live in us longs for us to live faithfully to God” (2) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the object of the verb **longs**, in which case God would be the subject of that verb. This interpretation would also fit with the adultery metaphor. Alternate translation: “God longs jealously for us to live by the Spirit whom he has caused to live in us” (3) This could possibly be a reference to the human spirit, in which case the statement would be repeating what James said in [4:2](../04/02.md) about people coveting and envying. Alternate translation: “The spirit that God has caused to live in us longs jealously for things that it does not have”
+JAS	4	5	bx68		πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	The Spirit whom he caused to live in us longs with jealousy	This could mean: (1) The word **Spirit** may mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the subject of the verb **longs**. The idea of the Spirit being jealous would fit with the adultery metaphor in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The Spirit whom God has caused to live in us longs for us to live faithfully to God” (2) The word **Spirit** may mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the object of the verb **longs**, in which case God would be the subject of that verb. This interpretation would also fit with the adultery metaphor. Alternate translation: “God longs jealously for us to live by the Spirit whom he has caused to live in us” (3) This could possibly be a reference to the human spirit, in which case the statement would be repeating what James said in [4:2](../04/02.md) about people coveting and envying. Alternate translation: “The spirit that God has caused to live in us longs jealously for things that it does not have”
 JAS	4	5	j259	writing-pronouns	ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	whom he caused to live in us	Whatever the interpretation of the entire sentence, the pronoun **he** in this clause refers to God. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	4	6	ub8z	figs-explicit	μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	But he gives greater grace	In light of what he says in the previous two verses, James is drawing a contrast between what God might be expected to do and what God actually does. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the contrast more explicitly. Alternate translation: “But even though God is jealous if we are friends with the world, he does not reject us. Instead, he gives us even more grace to be friends with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	6	j260	writing-pronouns	μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	But he gives greater grace	The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “But God gives greater grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ JAS	5	3	j301	figs-explicit	ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον
 JAS	5	3	w3aj	figs-metonymy	φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ	1	it will eat your flesh	James is using the word **flesh** to mean the human body, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “it will eat your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	3	j6fe	figs-metaphor	φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ	1	it will eat your flesh	James is saying figuratively that this rust will corrode and consume the owners of the gold and silver that it is also corroding. Alternate translation: “it will consume you” or “it will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	3	i37x	figs-simile	ὡς πῦρ	1	like fire	It may be helpful to express the meaning of this simile more fully. Alternate translation: “just as fire consumes everything that it burns” or “just as fire ruins everything that it burns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JAS	5	3	j302	figs-explicit	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) James could be saying that they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) James could be saying that by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	3	j302	figs-explicit	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) James may be saying that they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) James may be saying that by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	3	j303	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	3	np1u	figs-idiom	ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	the last days	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	5	4	j304	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν	1	Behold, the pay of the workers	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ JAS	5	5	j310	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς	1	in a day of slaugh
 JAS	5	6	u5c5	figs-synecdoche	κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δίκαιον	1	You have condemned, you have killed the righteous	James probably does not mean that these rich people have done these things personally. He is likely referring to the kind of actions he described in [2:6](../02/06.md), where he told how rich people “overpower” the poor by taking them to court. He may mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to condemn innocent people and in some cases even to execute them. He could also mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in their favor and that as a result, some poor people have died because of the great poverty this caused them. James would be speaking figuratively of the rich people as the ones who did these actions, using them to represent all the people who were involved. Alternate translation: “You have gotten the courts to condemn and even execute innocent people” or “You have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in your favor and, as a result, innocent people have died from poverty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JAS	5	6	j311	figs-nominaladj	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	6	lq6p	figs-genericnoun	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JAS	5	6	z7w1	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	This could mean: (1) It could mean implicitly that the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) It could mean that the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	6	z7w1	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	This could mean: (1) It may mean implicitly that the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) It may mean that the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	7	a4sv	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	James uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said about rich people. He is referring specifically to what he said about God’s judgment being imminent. Alternate translation: “Because you know that God will soon judge the people who are oppressing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	7	j313	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -595,8 +595,8 @@ JAS	5	10	sic1	figs-hendiadys	τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακ
 JAS	5	10	pvs3	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	James is figuratively using the **name** of the Lord to mean his person and authority. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Lord” or “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	11	xwr8	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	11	s3nl	figs-explicit	τὴν ὑπομονὴν Ἰὼβ ἠκούσατε	1	You have heard of the endurance of Job	James assumes that his readers will know the story of Job from the Scriptures. If your readers might not be familiar with his story, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a man named Job who lived long ago patiently endured great suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	5	11	j322	figs-metaphor	τὸ τέλος Κυρίου εἴδετε	1	you have seen the end of the Lord	James is continuing to refer to the story of Job. This could mean: (1) The word translated **end** could mean “purpose.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “recognized.” Alternate translation: “you have recognized the purpose that the Lord had for Job’s sufferings” (2) The word translated **end** could mean “final result.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “learned.” Alternate translation: “you have learned from the Scriptures how the Lord helped Job in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	11	j323	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων	1	that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful	This could mean: (1) The word translated **that** can mean “for” and introduce a reason. James may be giving the reason why God was pursuing a good purpose even in Job’s sufferings or why God helped Job in the end. Alternate translation: “for the Lord is very compassionate and merciful” (2) James may be describing something further that his readers would have learned from the story of Job. Alternate translation: “and you have realized from this story that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JAS	5	11	j322	figs-metaphor	τὸ τέλος Κυρίου εἴδετε	1	you have seen the end of the Lord	James is continuing to refer to the story of Job. This could mean: (1) The word translated **end** may mean “purpose.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “recognized.” Alternate translation: “you have recognized the purpose that the Lord had for Job’s sufferings” (2) The word translated **end** may mean “final result.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “learned.” Alternate translation: “you have learned from the Scriptures how the Lord helped Job in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JAS	5	11	j323	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων	1	that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful	This could mean: (1) The word translated **that** may mean “for” and introduce a reason. James may be giving the reason why God was pursuing a good purpose even in Job’s sufferings or why God helped Job in the end. Alternate translation: “for the Lord is very compassionate and merciful” (2) James may be describing something further that his readers would have learned from the story of Job. Alternate translation: “and you have realized from this story that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	12	fug7	figs-metaphor	πρὸ πάντων	1	before all	James is using a spatial metaphor to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Your language may use a different spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “above all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	12	bjt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	12	s755		μὴ ὀμνύετε	1	do not swear	Here, to **swear** means to guarantee, by appealing to something that is considered to be certain and reliable, that a statement is true or that an action will be performed. Alternate translation: “do not make an oath” or “do not make a vow”
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ JAS	5	12	j325	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε	1	s
 JAS	5	13	m3e6	figs-rquestion	κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω	1	Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray	James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	5	13	wdf7	figs-rquestion	εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω	1	Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise	James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	5	14	in34	figs-rquestion	ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν	1	Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray	Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	5	14	j326		προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	let them pray over him, having anointed him with oil in the name of the Lord	It is unclear whether James means that the prayer or the anointing is to be done in the name of the Lord. Alternate translation: (1) “let them pray over him in the name of the Lord after they have anointed him with oil” or (2) “let them anoint him with oil in the name of the Lord and then pray for him”
+JAS	5	14	j326		προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	let them pray over him, having anointed him with oil in the name of the Lord	It is unclear whether James means that the prayer or the anointing is to be done in the name of the Lord. Alternate translation: (1) “let them pray over him in the name of the Lord after they have anointed him with oil” (2) “let them anoint him with oil in the name of the Lord and then pray for him”
 JAS	5	14	j327	figs-metaphor	προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	pray over him	James is using a spatial metaphor to indicate that the sick person is the beneficiary of the elders’ prayers. Alternate translation: “pray for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	14	j328	translate-unknown	ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ	1	having anointed him with oil	In the biblical culture, anointing people with **oil** was a way of consecrating them to God, but it was also a medical treatment. Since James is talking about a person who is **sick**, he seems to speak of the oil at least in part for its medical value. So he may be telling believers to do what they can practically to help the sick person recover, in addition to praying for him. If your readers would not recognize that the medical benefits were one reason why James says to anoint the sick person with oil, you could include an explanation in your translation or in a note, or you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “having done what they can to help him practically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	5	14	fik7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	James is figuratively using the **name** of the Lord to mean his person and authority. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Lord” or “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 4840e104e4..560dce6bb6 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	qkl8		Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας	1	Cappadocia … Bithynia	Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	“to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
-1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here the **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	This passage speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of **peace** as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	so that the proof of your faith	In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	7	ct3n		τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	God wishes to test how well believers trust in Christ.
 1PE	1	7	u63m		ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire	**Faith** is more valuable than **gold**, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in **fire**.
-1PE	1	7	a6q4		εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν	1	it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor	This could mean: (1) that “God will honor you very highly” because of your faith or (2) that “your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor” to God.
+1PE	1	7	a6q4		εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν	1	it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor	This could mean: (1) God will honor them very highly because of their faith. (2) Their faith will bring praise, glory, and honor to God.
 1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	“when Jesus Christ is revealed.” This refers to the return of Christ. This can also be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ appears to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	8	eka3		χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	“with wonderful joy that words cannot describe”
 1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by obeying the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	22	j777		φιλαδελφίαν	1	brotherly love	This refers to love between fellow believers.
 1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or emotions. To love someone “from the heart” means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly and completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	Here, **seed** could mean: (1) the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or (2) the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	Here, **seed** could mean: (1) This refers to the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers. (2) This refers to the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	23	nh9r		ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	seed that will not rot or dry up or die
 1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Peter speaks of the **word of God** as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	24	kyc5			0	General Information:	In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced the Lord’s kindness toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	4	sa2z	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: “coming to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	4	ihq2		ὃν…λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	This could mean: (1) “who is a stone that is alive” or (2) “who is a stone that gives life.”
+1PE	2	4	ihq2		ὃν…λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	This could mean: (1) This refers to a stone that is alive. (2) This refers to a stone that gives life.
 1PE	2	4	e8sy	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον	1	having been rejected by men	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	4	a438	figs-activepassive	παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν	1	but chosen by God	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Just as people used **stones** to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	8	sm6s	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν	1	to which also they were appointed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	9	dc8m			0	General Information:	In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
 1PE	2	9	zla9	figs-activepassive	γένος ἐκλεκτόν	1	a chosen people	You can clarify that God is the one who has **chosen** them. Alternate translation: “a people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	9	g39z		βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could mean: (1) “a group of kings and a group of priests” or (2) “a group of priests who serve the king.”
+1PE	2	9	g39z		βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could mean: (1) This refers to a group of kings and a group of priests. (2) This refers to a group of priests who serve the king.
 1PE	2	9	qk7f		λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	“a people who belong to God”
 1PE	2	9	ra7z		ἐκ…ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος	1	who called you from	“who called you to come out of”
 1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and **light** refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	12	mkt4		ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	in whatever they speak about you as	“even if they accuse you of being”
 1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	The abstract noun **works** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	“on the day when he comes.” This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	13	c484		διὰ τὸν Κύριον	1	for the sake of the Lord	This could mean: (1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or (2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
+1PE	2	13	c484		διὰ τὸν Κύριον	1	for the sake of the Lord	This could mean: (1) By obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities. (2) By obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
 1PE	2	13	al6q		βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι	1	to the king as supreme	“to the king as the highest human authority”
 1PE	2	14	y1l2	figs-activepassive	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	through him having been sent	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	15	mh6s		ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people	“by doing good you stop foolish people from speaking about things that they do not know”
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	Here the words **good** and **gentle** share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: “the very kind masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	2	18	a6gc		τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1	to the perverse	“to the cruel ones” or “to the mean ones”
 1PE	2	19	r1h1		τοῦτο…χάρις	1	this is praiseworthy	“this is deserving of praise” or “it is pleasing to God”
-1PE	2	19	zm8e		διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας	1	endures sorrow … because of awareness of God	This could mean: (1) this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
+1PE	2	19	zm8e		διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας	1	endures sorrow … because of awareness of God	This could mean: (1) This person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God. (2) This person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
 1PE	2	20	y5ue	figs-rquestion	ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε?	1	For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure?	Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For God will not reward you if you are punished because you sinned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1PE	2	20	pr8b	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι	1	sinning and being tormented	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while someone punishes you because you sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	20	ly9f	figs-activepassive	ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε	1	doing good and suffering, you will endure	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you endure when someone punishes you for doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	1	kbis	figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	1	qp4q	figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	without a word	“without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	2	zft4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	having seen your pure behavior with respect	The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	2	ng3s		τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	your pure behavior with respect	This could mean: (1) “your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them” or (2) “your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God.”
+1PE	3	2	ng3s		τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	your pure behavior with respect	This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God.
 1PE	3	3	p1bg			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues speaking to women who are wives.
 1PE	3	4	l2yq	figs-metonymy	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	the inner person of the heart	Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	4	x6us	figs-doublet	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	the inner man of the heart	Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	18	j5lh	figs-metaphor	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	18	q9fa	figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since people put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	18	h6v4	figs-activepassive	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	having been made alive in the spirit	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made him alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	18	n7nh		πνεύματι	1	in the spirit	This could mean: (1) in a spiritual existence or (2) by the Holy Spirit’s power.
-1PE	3	19	hp82		ἐν ᾧ	1	in which	This could mean: (1) “in his spiritual existence” or (2) “by the Holy Spirit’s power.”
-1PE	3	19	ez3d		τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	to the spirits in prison	Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) “evil spirits” or (2) “spirits of the dead people.”
+1PE	3	18	n7nh		πνεύματι	1	in the spirit	This could mean: (1) This refers to a spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power.
+1PE	3	19	hp82		ἐν ᾧ	1	in which	This could mean: (1) This refers to his spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power.
+1PE	3	19	ez3d		τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	to the spirits in prison	Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people.
 1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the patience of God	The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	20	qxah	figs-personification	ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	when the patience of God was waiting	Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	3	20	c6mi	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ	1	in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -223,20 +223,20 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	3	rp5p		κώμοις, πότοις	1	carousing, drunken parties	These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
 1PE	4	4	q6k6		τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out.
 1PE	4	4	w1d8		τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	of their reckless behavior	doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
-1PE	4	5	xw39		τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	This could mean: (1) “to God, who is ready to judge” or (2) “to Christ, who is ready to judge”
+1PE	4	5	xw39		τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	This could mean: (1) This refers to  God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to  Christ, who is ready to judge.
 1PE	4	5	dx7v	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1PE	4	6	u54m		καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached also to the dead	This could mean: (1) “the gospel was preached also to people who had already died” or (2) “the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead”
-1PE	4	6	ql11	figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” or (2) men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” or (2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	4	6	u54m		καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached also to the dead	This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead.
+1PE	4	6	ql11	figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-euphemism	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-1PE	4	6	h154		ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι	1	they may live in the spirit according to God	This could mean: (1) “live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so” or (2) “live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit”
+1PE	4	6	h154		ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι	1	they may live in the spirit according to God	This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit.
 1PE	4	7	e445		πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming.
 1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-parallelism	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	4	7	k5hh	figs-idiom	νήψατε	1	be sober	Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	4	8	x6ac		πρὸ πάντων	1	above all	“most importantly of all”
 1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-personification	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1PE	4	8	b7p0	figs-metaphor	ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) “for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned” or (2) “for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	8	b7p0	figs-metaphor	ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	9	g3vw		φιλόξενοι	1	hospitable	showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers
 1PE	4	10	xvj3	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Just as each one has received a gift	This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	11	ir6x	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς	1	so that in all God may be glorified	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	9	i4ur		ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	“in various places throughout the world”
 1PE	5	10	eex1			0	General Information:	This is the end of Peter’s letter. Here he gives his final remarks about his letter and his closing greetings.
 1PE	5	10	suu9		ὀλίγον	1	for a little while	“for a short time”
-1PE	5	10	p648		ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος	1	the God of all grace	Here the word **grace** may refer either to the things that **God** gives or to God’s character. This could mean: (1) “the God who always gives us what we need” or (2) “the God who is always gracious.”
+1PE	5	10	p648		ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος	1	the God of all grace	Here the word **grace** may refer either to the things that **God** gives or to God’s character. This could mean: (1) This refers to the God who always gives us what we need. (2) This refers to the God who is always gracious.
 1PE	5	10	lwz6		ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ	1	who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ	“who has chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ”
 1PE	5	10	qf2h		καταρτίσει	1	will perfect	“make perfect” or “restore” or “make well again”
 1PE	5	10	j2nt	figs-metaphor	σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει	1	strengthen, and establish you	These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	12	an6q		διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
 1PE	5	12	g1t6	figs-metonymy	ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is the true grace of God	This refers back to what Paul has written. Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. Alternate translation: “I have written about the true grace of God” or “the gospel message I have written is God's grace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	5	12	nm72	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	The word **it** refers to “the true grace of God.” Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1	She who is in Babylon	Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) a symbol for the city of Rome, or (2) a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
+1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1	She who is in Babylon	Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	14	fc7b		φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	“a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
index 8519b52b07..c69f02ea51 100644
--- a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	9	h6fn	figs-metaphor	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1	is blind, nearsighted	Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a **blind** or **nearsighted** person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: “is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	9	gq4d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν	1	of the cleansing from his past sins	You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	10	raa1	figs-doublet	βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι	1	to make your calling and election sure	The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and refer to God’s choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2PE	1	10	jcv9	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1	you will not ever stumble	Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will not practice sinful behavior” or (2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: “you will not become unfaithful to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	10	jcv9	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1	you will not ever stumble	Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) This refers to committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will not practice sinful behavior” (2) This refers to becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: “you will not become unfaithful to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	11	k1e4		ἡ εἴσοδος	1	the entry	the opportunity to enter
 2PE	1	12	du69			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter tells the believers about his obligation to continue reminding them and teaching them.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	16	k3rm			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues to explain his teachings to the believers and explains why they are trustworthy.
 2PE	1	16	vc99	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐξακολουθήσαντες	1	we have not followed	Here the word **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	16	jwy8	figs-hendiadys	τὴν…δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν	1	the power and coming	These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-2PE	1	16	zs6v		τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν	1	coming of our Lord Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or (2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
+2PE	1	16	zs6v		τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν	1	coming of our Lord Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) This refers to the future second coming of the Lord Jesus. (2) This refers to the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
 2PE	1	16	v4kd	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here the word **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	17	m33h	figs-activepassive	φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1	when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	17	yd8g	figs-metonymy	τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης	1	the Majestic Glory	Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. This is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	19	v0ju	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	19	bl8s		φωσφόρος	1	the morning star	The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
 2PE	1	20	wcn9		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	Above all, you must understand	“Most importantly, you must understand”
-2PE	1	20	s4k2		πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται	1	every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation	This could mean: (1) the prophets did not make any of their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand all the prophecies or (3) people must interpret every prophecy with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
+2PE	1	20	s4k2		πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται	1	every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation	This could mean: (1) The prophets did not make any of their prophecies on their own. (2) People must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand all the prophecies. (3) People must interpret every prophecy with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
 2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	intro	mv79			0		# 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	1	us8u			0	General Information:	Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	4	pr13		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	did not spare	“did not refrain from punishing” or “punished”
 2PE	2	4	b54v	translate-names	ταρταρώσας	1	having been thrown down to Tartarus	The word **Tartarus** is a term from Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	4	h7uj	figs-activepassive	σειροῖς ζόφου…τηρουμένους	1	being kept in chains of darkness	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he will keep them in chains of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	4	uzy2	figs-metaphor	σειροῖς ζόφου	1	in chains of darkness	This could mean: (1) “in chains in a very dark place” or (2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	4	uzy2	figs-metaphor	σειροῖς ζόφου	1	in chains of darkness	This could mean: (1) This refers to chains in a very dark place. (2) This refers to a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	c2ak		εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This refers to the day of **judgment** when God will judge every person.
 2PE	2	5	hpv7	figs-metonymy	ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	he did not spare the ancient world	Here the word **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	5	iw5v		ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν	1	he protected Noah … along with seven others	God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	10	esb2		αὐθάδεις	1	self-willed	“doing whatever they want to do”
 2PE	2	10	s7l1		δόξας	1	the glorious ones	This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
 2PE	2	11	u2jk		ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες	1	greater strength and power	“more strength and power than the false teachers”
-2PE	2	11	v1qt		οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν	1	do not bring insulting judgments against them	Here, **them** could mean: (1) the glorious ones or (2) the false teachers.
+2PE	2	11	v1qt		οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν	1	do not bring insulting judgments against them	Here, **them** could mean: (1) This refers to the glorious ones. (2) This refers to the false teachers.
 2PE	2	11	zi6p	figs-metaphor	οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν	1	do not bring insulting judgments against them	The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	12	y4bl	figs-metaphor	οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα, γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1	these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction.	Just as **animals** cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	12	ipd4		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες	1	speaking evil about that in which they are ignorant	They speak evil of what they do not know or understand.
@@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	10	fu2q	figs-personification	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** as if it were a person who is a **thief**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	10	k31z		οἱ οὐρανοὶ…παρελεύσονται	1	the heavens will pass away	“the heavens will disappear”
 2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…καυσούμενα λυθήσεται	1	the elements will be dissolved, being burned up	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will burn the elements with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα	1	the elements	This could mean: (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
+2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα	1	the elements	This could mean: (1) This refers to the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. (2) This refers to the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
 2PE	3	10	j1gj	figs-activepassive	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1	the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed	God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	11	buq4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins to tell the believers how they should live as they wait for the day of the Lord.
 2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1	All of these things being thus dissolved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Since God will destroy all these things in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	11	t8wx	figs-rquestion	ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς?	1	what sort of people is it necessary for you to be?	Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they “should live holy and godly lives.” Alternate translation: “you know what kind of people you should be.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	12	rq9g	figs-activepassive	οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται	1	the heavens, being set on fire, will be destroyed, and the elements, being on fire, will be melted	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα	1	the elements	This could mean: (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
+2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα	1	the elements	This could mean: (1) This refers to the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. (2) This refers to the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
 2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	This is a metonym for people who are righteous. Alternate translation: “where righteous people will dwell” or “where people will live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	13	r5qo	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Peter speaks of **righteousness** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	14	fj1l	figs-activepassive	σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
index 7df595c0f6..e74c09293d 100644
--- a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	1	gt44	figs-explicit	τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς	1	the Word of life	Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	1	j005	figs-possession	τῆς ζωῆς	1	of life	This could be referring either to the life that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	1	1	i8b4	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζωῆς	1	of life	In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or figuratively to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	1	2	la4a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη	1	indeed, the life appeared	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	1	2	la4a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη	1	indeed, the life appeared	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John may be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John may be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	1	2	j006	figs-metonymy	ἡ ζωὴ	1	the life	John is speaking figuratively of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	1	2	j007	figs-exclusive	ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν	1	we have seen … we are testifying to it … we are announcing … to us	John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	1	2	j008	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	7	j030	writing-pronouns	ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	as he is in the light	The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “as God is in the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	1	7	j031	figs-metaphor	ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	as he is in the light	John is using the word **light** figuratively to mean what is holy. Alternate translation: “as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	1	7	j032	figs-abstractnouns	κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	we have fellowship with one another	If your language does not use abstract nouns, see how you expressed the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “we are close friends with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	1	7	d7d8	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ	1	the blood of Jesus	This could mean: (1) John could be referring literally to the **blood** that Jesus offered as a sacrifice for sin. (2) John could be using the word **blood** figuratively to mean the sacrificial death of Jesus, by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1JN	1	7	d7d8	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ	1	the blood of Jesus	This could mean: (1) John may be referring literally to the **blood** that Jesus offered as a sacrifice for sin. (2) John may be using the word **blood** figuratively to mean the sacrificial death of Jesus, by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	1	7	j033	figs-metaphor	τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας	1	the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from all sin	John is speaking figuratively of **sin** as if it made a person dirty and of the **blood** of Jesus as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “takes away all our sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	1	7	jb3e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus his Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	1	8	j034	figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	If we say that we have no sin, we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us	John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have no sin. Then we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	5	j058	figs-metonymy	τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον	1	keeps his word	John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has commanded by using words. Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	5	aqa4	figs-idiom	τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον	1	keeps his word	In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	5	j059	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ	1	his … him	The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	2	5	x88p	figs-possession	ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται	1	in this one truly the love of God has been perfected	The phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It could refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1JN	2	5	x88p	figs-possession	ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται	1	in this one truly the love of God has been perfected	The phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It may refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It may refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	2	5	j060	figs-activepassive	ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται	1	in this one truly the love of God has been perfected	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **has been perfected**. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	5	b688	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν	1	we are in him	John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	6	u6lu	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν	1	he remains in him	See the discussion of the term “remainw” in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Here to remain in God means about the same thing as to have “fellowship with God” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he has a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	12	j082	writing-pronouns	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	12	yjy8	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “because of what Jesus has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1JN	2	13	kue2	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	If “little children” figuratively means “new believers” in [2:12](../02/12.md), then the term **fathers** is likely a figurative description of another group of believers. It could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	2	13	kue2	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	If “little children” figuratively means “new believers” in [2:12](../02/12.md), then the term **fathers** is likely a figurative description of another group of believers. It could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	13	y1vm		ἐγνώκατε	1	you know	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you have a close relationship with”
 1JN	2	13	wmt8	figs-idiom	τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	the one who is from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the eternal existence of God. Alternate translation: “God, who has always existed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	13	wg4v	figs-metaphor	νεανίσκοι	1	young men	This is likely a figurative description of a third group of believers. It probably refers to people who have become strong in their faith, even if they are not yet as mature as those in the second group, since **young men** are in the time of life when they are strong and vigorous. Alternate translation: “strong believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	14	j089	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1	young children	While this is a different term from “little children” in [2:12](../02/12.md), figuratively it means the same thing. Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	14	j090		ἐγνώκατε	1	you know	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you have a close relationship with”
 1JN	2	14	j091	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	2	14	j092	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	The term **fathers** likely has the same figurative meaning as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	2	14	j092	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	The term **fathers** likely has the same figurative meaning as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	14	j093		ἐγνώκατε	2	you know	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you have a close relationship with”
 1JN	2	14	j094	figs-idiom	τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	the one who is from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the eternal existence of God. Alternate translation: “God, who has always existed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	14	j095	figs-metaphor	νεανίσκοι	1	young men	The term **young men** likely has the same figurative meaning as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “strong believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	15	xig6	figs-metonymy	μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον	1	Do not love the world	John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the system of values that people share who do not honor God. This system is necessarily contrary to the values that godly people have. Alternate translation: “Do not share the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	15	h2hm	figs-parallelism	μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	nor the things that are in the world	This phrase means essentially the same thing as the preceding one. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. However, since there is a slight difference in meaning, you may wish to translate these phrases separately rather than combining them. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, do not share any of the values that characterize that system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	2	15	p56b	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone loves the world. Then the love of the Father is not in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1JN	2	15	s48z	figs-possession	οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the love of the Father is not in him	The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) It could refer to a person loving God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love is not genuinely at work in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1JN	2	15	s48z	figs-possession	οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the love of the Father is not in him	The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) It may refer to a person loving God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” (2) It may refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love is not genuinely at work in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	2	15	j102	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	of the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	2	16	j103	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	In this verse, John is giving the reason why the statement is true that he made in the second sentence of the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before that result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **For**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 1JN	2	16	j104	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	everything that is in the world	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “everything that characterizes the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	9	j176	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God	See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	9	j177	writing-pronouns	σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	his seed remains in him	In this phrase, **his** refers to “God” and **him** refers to the person “who has been begotten from God.” Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	3	9	j178	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	his seed remains in him	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, as in [2:27](../02/27.md), it seems to refer to a continuing presence. Alternate translation: “God’s seed continues to be present in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	3	9	ps9v	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	his seed remains in him	John is using the word **seed** figuratively. This could mean: (1) a metaphorical reference to the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” or (2) a metaphorical reference to the characteristics of a father that a child is born with and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	3	9	ps9v	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	his seed remains in him	John is using the word **seed** figuratively. This could mean: (1) This refers to a metaphorical reference to the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (2) This refers to a metaphorical reference to the characteristics of a father that a child is born with and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	10	w33l	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	In this the children of God and the children of the devil are apparent	**In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	10	j179	figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	the children of God and the children of the devil	John is using the word **children** idiomatically in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	10	ctk6	figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	17	zql1	figs-metaphor	κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	closes his entrails from him	John is using the **entrails** or internal organs figuratively to represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the literal meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “declines to help him compassionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	17	l8u4	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ?	1	how does the love of God remain in him?	John is using a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1JN	3	17	j201	figs-metaphor	πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ?	1	how does the love of God remain in him?	See the discussion of the term **remain** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	3	17	j202	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the love of God	As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “love that is from God” (2) It could refer to a person loving God. UST illustrates this possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1JN	3	17	j202	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the love of God	As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It may refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “love that is from God” (2) It may refer to a person loving God. UST illustrates this possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	3	18	g6uh	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	18	p91w	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ	1	let us not love in word nor in tongue	The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not merely say that we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1JN	3	18	j203	figs-metonymy	μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ	1	let us not love in word, nor in tongue	John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** figuratively to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not merely say that we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	19	j206	translate-versebridge	ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν	1	In this we will know … and we will persuade our hearts	John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 1JN	3	19	j207	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα	1	In this we will know	This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	19	j208	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν	1	we will know that we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts	The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1JN	3	19	qx9c	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν	1	we are from the truth	This could mean: (1) John could be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1JN	3	19	qx9c	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν	1	we are from the truth	This could mean: (1) John may be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** may refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	3	19	j209	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν	1	we are from the truth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we are from the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	3	19	j210	figs-idiom	ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν	1	we are from the truth	See how you translated the similar expression in [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	19	mv6c	figs-metaphor	πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν	1	we will persuade our hearts	John is speaking figuratively of **hearts** to mean thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “we can reassure ourselves about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	5	em2t	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει	1	the world listens to them	In this instance, the term **world** figuratively refers to people living in the world, and specifically to people who do not honor or obey God. Alternate translation: “ungodly people listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	4	5	j253	figs-idiom	ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει	1	the world listens to them	The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j254	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	We … to us … to us	These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse would be exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He is not speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1JN	4	6	j328	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	Here, **from God** could mean: (1) It could mean the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1-3](../04/01.md). That is the interpretation in UST. Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (2) John could be saying that he and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1JN	4	6	j328	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	Here, **from God** could mean: (1) It may mean the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1-3](../04/01.md). That is the interpretation in UST. Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (2) John may be saying that he and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j256	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j257		ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν	1	The one who knows God	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
 1JN	4	6	j258	figs-idiom	ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν	1	listens to us … does not listen to us	As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	8	kti1	figs-metaphor	ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	God is love	This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	8	j267	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	God is love	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	4	9	i2b5	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ	1	In this	**In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1JN	4	9	j268	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the love of God appeared among us	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. Alternate translation: “God’s love came to be among us” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed his love to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us was revealed” or “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	4	9	j268	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the love of God appeared among us	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John may be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. Alternate translation: “God’s love came to be among us” (2) John may be emphasizing how God revealed his love to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us was revealed” or “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	9	y4m8	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the love of God	Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	4	9	j269	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	among us	The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came “so that we might live through him,” and “we” in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	4	9	j270	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	16	t5am	figs-metaphor	ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	God is love	This is a metaphor that describes what **God** is like in his character. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	16	dyr6	figs-metaphor	ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	the one who remains in love	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:24](../02/24.md), in this instance the word seems to refer to maintaining a pattern of behavior. Alternate translation: “someone who continues to love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	16	fz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	remains in God, and God remains in him	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md) and in [4:15](../04/15.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continues to have a close relationship with God, and God continues to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	4	17	j281	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως	1	In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment	This could mean: (1) The **so that** clause could be a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses, as ULT does. (2) The **so that** clause could be a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “In this love has been perfected with us, so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1JN	4	17	j281	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως	1	In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment	This could mean: (1) The **so that** clause may be a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses, as ULT does. (2) The **so that** clause may be a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “In this love has been perfected with us, so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	4	17	ypv4	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ	1	In this	As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **in this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	17	m76g	figs-activepassive	τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	love has been perfected with us	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, the context suggests that John is referring to God’s **love** for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	17	j282	figs-explicit	ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν	1	so that we may have confidence	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -493,10 +493,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	18	j288	figs-metaphor	φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	Fear is not in love	John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	18	j290		ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον	1	perfect love throws fear outside	By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected”. See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
 1JN	4	18	bu17	figs-personification	ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον	1	perfect love throws fear outside	John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1JN	4	18	yg1r	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) It could mean God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) It could mean our love for God. That is the interpretation in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	4	18	yg1r	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) It may mean God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) It may mean our love for God. That is the interpretation in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	18	j291	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	19	j292	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς	1	We love because he first loved us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1JN	4	19	j293	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν	1	We love	This could mean one of two things. UST takes it to mean both things. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	4	19	j293	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν	1	We love	This could mean one of two things. UST takes it to mean both things. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	19	j294	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς	1	he first loved us	The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	4	20	j295	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν	1	If anyone says, “I love God,” and hates his brother, he is a liar	John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	4	20	j296	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -537,14 +537,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	6	j314	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the Spirit is truth	Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy **Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	7	j315	figs-explicit	ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1	For there are three who testify	In this statement, John gives a reason why believers can be confident that the Spirit testifies truthfully about Jesus, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that more explicitly. Alternate translation: “We can be confident that the Spirit testifies truthfully about Jesus because two further witnesses say the same thing about him that the Spirit does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	7	j316	translate-textvariants	ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1	For there are three who testify	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets \[ \] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John The notes below discuss translation issues related to the variant reading, for those who decide to use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1JN	5	8	j320	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα	1	the water and the blood	See how you decided to translate the terms **water** and **blood** in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: (1) “the baptism of Jesus and his human birth” or (2) “the baptism of Jesus and his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1JN	5	8	j320	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα	1	the water and the blood	See how you decided to translate the terms **water** and **blood** in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: (1) “the baptism of Jesus and his human birth” (2) “the baptism of Jesus and his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	8	j321	figs-idiom	οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν	1	the three are unto the one	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “these three all say the same thing” or “these three all agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	9	j322	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν	1	If we receive the testimony of men	John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we receive the testimony of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1JN	5	9	ai6a	figs-idiom	τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν	1	we receive the testimony of men	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “we believe people when they give testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	9	j323	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	of men	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1JN	5	9	k2de	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν	1	the testimony of God is greater	The word **greater** implicitly means that the testimony of God is more reliable than human testimony, since God knows everything and God always tells the truth. Alternate translation: “the testimony of God is more reliable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	9	nxq1	figs-ellipsis	ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν	1	the testimony of God is greater	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “we should certainly receive the testimony of God, since it is greater” or “we should certainly believe God when he gives testimony, since his testimony is more reliable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1JN	5	9	j324		ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son	Here, **For** could mean: (1) John could be using the term to introduce the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, after using the next verse to stress again the importance of believing God’s testimony, John would be specifying the content itself in [5:11](../05/11.md), where he says, “And this is the testimony.” That is the interpretation of ULT. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God has given regarding his Son” (2) John could be using the term **For** to give the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony, as he says in the previous sentence. That is the interpretation of UST.
+1JN	5	9	j324		ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son	Here, **For** could mean: (1) John may be using the term to introduce the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, after using the next verse to stress again the importance of believing God’s testimony, John would be specifying the content itself in [5:11](../05/11.md), where he says, “And this is the testimony.” That is the interpretation of ULT. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God has given regarding his Son” (2) John may be using the term **For** to give the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony, as he says in the previous sentence. That is the interpretation of UST.
 1JN	5	9	gt7u	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	10	j325	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the Son of God	John implicitly means believing that Jesus is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	10	j326	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	16	j339	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει	1	If anyone sees his brother sinning a sin not towards death, he will ask	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	5	16	sc1f	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother	See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	16	j340		ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν	1	sinning a sin	John is using a cognate accusative, that is, an object that comes from the same root as its verb. You may be able to do the same thing in your translation. If not, you could explain what this means. Alternate translation: “committing a sin”
-1JN	5	16	j341	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον	1	a sin not towards death … those sinning not towards death … a sin towards death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) a figurative reference to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” or (2) a literal reference to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	5	16	j341	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον	1	a sin not towards death … those sinning not towards death … a sin towards death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) This refers to a figurative reference to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” (2) This refers to a literal reference to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	16	j342	figs-declarative	αἰτήσει	1	he will ask	John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1JN	5	16	j343	writing-pronouns	δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν	1	he will give him life	In this clause, the pronoun **he** refers to God and the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning. Elsewhere in the verse, the words **his** and **he** refers to the person who sees a fellow believer sinning. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	5	16	myf6	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν	1	he will give him life	The meaning of the word **life** depends on the meaning of the word “death.” (1) The word “death” could be figurative. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (2) The word **death** could be literal. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning does not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	18	j348	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	everyone who has been begotten from God	See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “everyone whose spiritual father is God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	18	j349	figs-explicit	οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει	1	does not sin	See how you translated this expression in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	18	j350		ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the One who was begotten from God	This is a description of Jesus, whom John calls “the only-begotten” in [4:9](../04/09.md). See how you translated that expression there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, God’s actual Child”
-1JN	5	18	j351	figs-explicit	τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1	keeps him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	18	j351	figs-explicit	τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1	keeps him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” (2) “keeps him from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	18	l7h8	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	5	18	j352	figs-metonymy	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	18	j353	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ	1	does not touch him	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	19	j354	figs-idiom	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	we are from God	See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	19	eh5z	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος ὅλος	1	the whole world	John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers figuratively both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	19	n9ig	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται	1	lies in the evil one	The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	5	19	j355	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil one	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” or (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1JN	5	19	j355	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil one	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	20	je13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	20	j356	figs-explicit	ἥκει	1	has come	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	20	n1nh	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -609,5 +609,5 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	20	j360	figs-metaphor	ζωὴ αἰώνιος	1	eternal life	As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this means both receiving power from God in this **life** to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	21	i3rw	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	21	hn4y	figs-idiom	φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ	1	keep yourselves	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “stay away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1JN	5	21	j361	figs-metaphor	τῶν εἰδώλων	1	idols	This could mean: (1) John could be referring figuratively to anything that might take the place of God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) John could be referring literally to **idols**, that is, to statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	5	21	j361	figs-metaphor	τῶν εἰδώλων	1	idols	This could mean: (1) John may be referring figuratively to anything that might take the place of God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) John may be referring literally to **idols**, that is, to statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	21	jn4y		φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων	1	keep yourselves from idols	“stay away from idols” or “do not worship idols”
diff --git a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
index 76ed9b02f7..da24297757 100644
--- a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	1	y7hw	figs-123person	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	to the chosen lady and her children	In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 2JN	1	1	a9w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John may be writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	ueev	figs-idiom	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could refer to her biological children, or (3) it could refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children, or (3) It may refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	src4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	love in the truth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	1	a50f	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	all who have known the truth	John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2JN	1	2	spdg	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the truth	John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	3	gad9	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	3	zfgr		ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us	In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
 2JN	1	3	vpl9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-2JN	1	3	w6tr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ	1	in truth and love	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” or (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2JN	1	3	w6tr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ	1	in truth and love	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) This refers to qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) This refers to how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	4	ir6v	figs-you	σου	1	your	The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2JN	1	4	ajlf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐχάρην λείαν	1		If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2JN	1	4	a3vs	figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων σου	1	your children	See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean: (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	4	a3vs	figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων σου	1	your children	See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean: (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	4	w2b6	figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	walking in the truth	John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	4	ddnx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	4	s7hr		καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός	1	just as we have received a commandment from the Father	The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	7	u749	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2JN	1	7	w25m	figs-explicit	ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	For many deceivers have gone out into the world	This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	7	x8yl	figs-metonymy	Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί	1	Jesus Christ coming in flesh	The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2JN	1	7	vqnb	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	This is the deceiver and the antichrist	Here, **this** could mean: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” or (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2JN	1	7	vqnb	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	This is the deceiver and the antichrist	Here, **this** could mean: (1) This refers to the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) This refers to any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	7	vfdn		ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	the deceiver and the antichrist	In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
 2JN	1	8	it9t	figs-explicit	βλέπετε ἑαυτούς	1	Watch yourselves	The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	i8n6	figs-explicit	ἃ	1	what	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	12	hwtk	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	12	lt77	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	your joy might be made complete	See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2JN	1	12	k9yt	figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	1	your	If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This could refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John could be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This may refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	13	aonw	figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2JN	1	13	a4rc		ἀσπάζεταί σε	1	greet you	As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
 2JN	1	13	qjdz	figs-you	σε…σου	1	your … you	The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
diff --git a/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv b/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
index 641dd63c9c..ea8640124f 100644
--- a/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 3JN	1	5	g4gz		ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους	1	whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers	“when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
 3JN	1	6	wzf6		οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας	1	who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church	These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
 3JN	1	6	pb64		οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας	1	You do well to send them on their journey	John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
-3JN	1	7	d8y1	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον	1	because they went out for the sake of the name	Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) that they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus, or (2) that they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus, or (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-3JN	1	7	yzc8		μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες	1	receiving nothing	This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything or (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
+3JN	1	7	d8y1	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον	1	because they went out for the sake of the name	Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) They left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) They left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) This refers to both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3JN	1	7	yzc8		μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες	1	receiving nothing	This could mean: (1) Unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) They did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
 3JN	1	7	hk3p		τῶν ἐθνικῶν	1	the Gentiles	Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
 3JN	1	8	d2l7		ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that we become fellow workers for the truth	“so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
-3JN	1	8	ab01	figs-personification	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	for the truth	Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could mean: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST, or it could mean (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+3JN	1	8	ab01	figs-personification	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	for the truth	Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could mean: (1) This refers to “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) This refers to “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 3JN	1	9	tm9q		τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	to the church	Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
 3JN	1	9	cz9d	translate-names	Διοτρέφης	1	Diotrephes	He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 3JN	1	9	s82w		ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν	1	who loves to be first among them	“who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
diff --git a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
index 974d8a73d3..8c6f16de93 100644
--- a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ JUD	1	3	j67u		ἅπαξ	1	once for all	“finally and completely”
 JUD	1	4	v94i		παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι	1	For certain men have entered secretly	“For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
 JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago decided to condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1	changing the grace of our God into sensuality	God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	4	ws1b		τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι	1	denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) they teach that Jesus is not God or (2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
+JUD	1	4	ws1b		τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι	1	denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) YTey teach that Jesus is not God. (2) These men do not obey Jesus Christ.
 JUD	1	5	fa5e			0	Connecting Statement:	Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
 JUD	1	5	f4mm	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας	1	Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt	You can state explicitly who the people were that he saved. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	6	pt1k		τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν	1	their own domain	“their own position of authority” or “the responsibilities God entrusted to them”
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ JUD	1	9	uzj1		οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν	1	did not dar
 JUD	1	9	v9fh		κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1	to bring a slanderous judgment against him	“to say evil, untrue things about him”
 JUD	1	9	kib4		κρίσιν…βλασφημίας	1	a slanderous judgment	“an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
 JUD	1	10	h6sq		οὗτοι	1	these people	the ungodly people
-JUD	1	10	fjm5		ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	what they do not understand	This could mean: (1) “everything good that they do not understand” or (2) “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
+JUD	1	10	fjm5		ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	what they do not understand	This could mean: (1) This refers to everything good that they do not understand. (2) This refers to the glorious ones, which they do not understand ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
 JUD	1	11	j3g9	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν	1	they have gone in the way of Cain	Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	s4az			0	Connecting Statement:	Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
 JUD	1	12	r875		οὗτοί εἰσιν	1	These are	The word **These** refers to the “ungodly men” of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
index 72592900df..66746875ea 100644
--- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ REV	1	1	x8bu		ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει	1	what must soon tak
 REV	1	1	kez4		ἐσήμανεν	1	made it known	“communicated it”
 REV	1	1	pb4u	figs-123person	τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ	1	to his servant John	John wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	1	2	va4c		τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	“the message that God spoke”
-REV	1	2	b5se		τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the testimony of Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) this refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” or (2) “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself”
+REV	1	2	b5se		τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the testimony of Jesus Christ	This could mean: (1) this refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself”
 REV	1	3	le65	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων	1	the one who reads aloud	This does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who reads it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	1	3	h37b	figs-activepassive	τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα	1	obey what is written in it	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “obey what John has written in it” or “obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	1	3	dwt8		ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς	1	the time is near	“the things that must happen will soon happen”
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ REV	1	5	u6v7		λύσαντι ἡμᾶς	1	has released us	“has set us free”
 REV	1	6	a4mq		ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς	1	has made us a kingdom, priests	“has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests”
 REV	1	6	ne7x		τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ	1	his God and Father	This is one person. Alternate translation: “God, his Father”
 REV	1	6	c77q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-REV	1	6	qd74	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	to him be the glory and the power	This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) “May people honor his glory and power” or (2) “May he have glory and power.” John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+REV	1	6	qd74	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	to him be the glory and the power	This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) “May people honor his glory and power” (2) “May he have glory and power.” John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	1	6	vc5g		τὸ κράτος	1	the power	This probably refers to his authority as king.
 REV	1	7	ldv8			0	General Information:	In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah.
 REV	1	7	hb4i	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς	1	every eye	Since people see with the eyes, The word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 REV	1	7	t16v		καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	including those who pierced him	“even those who pierced him will see him”
 REV	1	7	ndf6	figs-metonymy	αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	pierced him	Jesus’ hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	1	7	lqs9		ἐξεκέντησαν	1	pierced	made a hole in
-REV	1	8	mm9z	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+REV	1	8	mm9z	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 REV	1	8	in5e	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	who is to come	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	1	8	c96p	writing-quotations	λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός	1	says the Lord God	Some languages would put “The Lord God says” at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 REV	1	9	up7y			0	General Information:	John explains how his vision began and the instructions the Spirit gave him.
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ REV	1	18	a4e2	figs-metaphor	ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου 
 REV	1	19	u49x			0	Connecting Statement:	The Son of Man continues to speak.
 REV	1	20	d6ez	writing-symlanguage	ἀστέρων	1	stars	These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	1	20	fl5d	writing-symlanguage	λυχνίας	1	lampstands	The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-REV	1	20	eek9		ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the angels of the seven churches	Here, **angels** could mean: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
+REV	1	20	eek9		ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the angels of the seven churches	Here, **angels** could mean: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
 REV	1	20	e25n		ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν	1	seven churches	This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
 REV	2	intro	zps2			0		# Revelation 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### “The devil is about to”<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
 REV	2	1	mn8x			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus.
-REV	2	1	kq5r		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	2	1	kq5r		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	2	1	i92a	writing-symlanguage	ἀστέρας	1	stars	These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	2	1	ugs3	writing-symlanguage	λυχνιῶν	1	lampstands	The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	2	2	jg1u	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου	1	I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance	“Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ REV	2	7	ft48	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since
 REV	2	7	wzg1	figs-genericnoun	τῷ νικῶντι	1	the one who conquers	This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	2	7	rmf5		τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the paradise of God	“God’s garden.” This is a symbol for heaven.
 REV	2	8	is3w			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna.
-REV	2	8	ie9x		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	2	8	ie9x		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	2	8	key2	translate-names	Σμύρνῃ	1	Smyrna	This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	8	k7qk	figs-merism	ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος	1	the first and the last	This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 REV	2	9	p6hp	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν	1	I know your sufferings and your poverty	“Sufferings” and “poverty” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -97,21 +97,21 @@ REV	2	9	a4yu	figs-metaphor	συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	a synagogue
 REV	2	10	agx4	figs-metonymy	μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	The devil is about to throw some of you into prison	The words **the Devil** here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: “The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	10	f5t1		γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου	1	Be faithful until death	“Be faithful to me even if they kill you.” The use os the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
 REV	2	10	sp8z		τὸν στέφανον	1	the crown	“the winner’s crown.” This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
-REV	2	10	zhj8	figs-metaphor	τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	the crown of life	This could mean: (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” or (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	2	10	zhj8	figs-metaphor	τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	the crown of life	This could mean: (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	11	g7zq	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one who has an ear, hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	11	dc3n	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	2	11	s9d2	figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	The one who conquers	This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	2	11	q6w2		οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου	1	will not be hurt by the second death	“will not experience the second death” or “will not die a second time”
 REV	2	12	ll17			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Pergamum.
-REV	2	12	y864		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	2	12	y864		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	2	12	il7c	translate-names	Περγάμῳ	1	Pergamum	This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	12	f6s5		τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν	1	the sword with two sharp edges	This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
-REV	2	13	ryn6	figs-metonymy	ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Satan’s throne	This could mean: (1) Satan’s power and evil influence on people, or (2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+REV	2	13	ryn6	figs-metonymy	ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Satan’s throne	This could mean: (1) Satan’s power and evil influence on people. (2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	13	tf7c	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	you hold on tightly to my name	**Name** here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	13	x6j6	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου	1	you did not deny your faith in me	“Faith” can be translated with the verb “believe.” AT “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	2	13	lu4b	translate-names	Ἀντιπᾶς	1	Antipas	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	14	wu6n		ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα	1	But I have a few things against you	“I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
-REV	2	14	rd44	figs-metaphor	κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς	1	who hold tightly to the teaching of Balaam, who	This could mean: (1) “who teach what Balaam taught; he” or (2) “who do what Balaam taught; he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	2	14	rd44	figs-metaphor	κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς	1	who hold tightly to the teaching of Balaam, who	This could mean: (1) “who teach what Balaam taught; he” (2) “who do what Balaam taught; he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	14	j3nc	translate-names	τῷ Βαλὰκ	1	Balak	This is the name of a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	14	hg4g	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐδίδασκεν τῷ Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	who taught Balak to throw a stumbling block before the children of Israel	Something that leads people to sin is spoken of as a stone in the road that people stumble on. Alternate translation: “who showed Balak how to cause the people of Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	14	u19f		πορνεῦσαι	1	be sexually immoral	“sin sexually” or “commit sexual sin”
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV	2	17	lm1j	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the o
 REV	2	17	m867	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	2	17	i61b	figs-genericnoun	τῷ νικῶντι	1	To the one who conquers	This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	2	18	b83m			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
-REV	2	18	nd4m		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	2	18	nd4m		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	2	18	kd5v	translate-names	Θυατείροις	1	Thyatira	This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	18	q3w9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 REV	2	18	zbx5	figs-simile	ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός	1	who has eyes like a flame of fire	His eyes are describes as being full of light like a flame of fire. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ REV	2	24	d5i9	figs-metaphor	βαθέα	1	deep things	Secret things are spoken of
 REV	2	26	z5xi	figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	The one who conquers	This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “The person who does not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	2	27	c9gu		ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται	1	He will rule … break them into pieces	This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.
 REV	2	27	w8pp	figs-metaphor	ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ	1	He will rule them with an iron rod	Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: “He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	2	27	ksl1	figs-simile	ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται	1	like clay jars he will break them into pieces	Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers or (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-REV	2	28	n9ts	figs-explicit	ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Just as I have received from my Father	Some languages may need to tell what was received. This could mean: (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+REV	2	27	ksl1	figs-simile	ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται	1	like clay jars he will break them into pieces	Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV	2	28	n9ts	figs-explicit	ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Just as I have received from my Father	Some languages may need to tell what was received. This could mean: (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	2	28	hr39	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 REV	2	28	c1zc		καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ	1	I will also give him	Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers.
 REV	2	28	g5iy	writing-symlanguage	τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν	1	morning star	This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ REV	2	29	ilk8	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the o
 REV	2	29	ikm8	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	3	intro	q1l9			0		# Revelation 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
 REV	3	1	k6b7			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
-REV	3	1	u1zs		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
+REV	3	1	u1zs		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
 REV	3	1	q7n9	translate-names	Σάρδεσιν	1	Sardis	This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	3	1	un3c	writing-symlanguage	ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα	1	the seven spirits	The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	3	1	t8wv	writing-symlanguage	τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας	1	the seven stars	These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ REV	3	5	bi3h	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Fath
 REV	3	6	zxc7	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one who has an ear, hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	3	6	k2k6	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	3	7	rf9b			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
-REV	3	7	ksg4		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	3	7	ksg4		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	3	7	mm6x	translate-names	Φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	Philadelphia	This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	3	7	ih6i	writing-symlanguage	κλεῖν Δαυείδ	1	key of David	Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s key. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	3	7	aam6		ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει	1	he opens and no one shuts	“he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”
 REV	3	7	pzy2		κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει	1	he shuts and no one can open	“he closes the door and no one can open it”
 REV	3	8	j1x7		δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην	1	I have put before you an open door	“I have opened a door for you”
-REV	3	8	xyw6		ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον	1	you have obeyed my word	This could mean: (1) “you have followed by teachings” or (2) “you have obeyed my commands”
+REV	3	8	xyw6		ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον	1	you have obeyed my word	This could mean: (1) “you have followed by teachings” (2) “you have obeyed my commands”
 REV	3	8	b3kz	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	The word **name** here is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	3	9	x78m	figs-metaphor	συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	synagogue of Satan	People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were in a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	3	9	q496	translate-symaction	προσκυνήσουσιν	1	bow down	This is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ REV	3	12	px36	figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στ
 REV	3	13	u5jk	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one who has an ear, hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	3	13	ug5m	figs-123person	ὁ…ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 REV	3	14	r6bz			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
-REV	3	14	jg3b		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
+REV	3	14	jg3b		τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
 REV	3	14	wzg9	translate-names	Λαοδικίᾳ	1	Laodicea	This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	3	14	f65v		ὁ Ἀμήν	1	the Amen	Here, **the Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
-REV	3	14	btv1		ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the beginning of God’s creation	This could mean: (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” or (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
-REV	3	15	pf9x	figs-metaphor	οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός	1	you are neither cold nor hot	The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. This could mean: (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him, or (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	3	14	btv1		ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the beginning of God’s creation	This could mean: (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
+REV	3	15	pf9x	figs-metaphor	οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός	1	you are neither cold nor hot	The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. This could mean: (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	3	16	y9vt	figs-metaphor	μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	I am about to vomit you out of my mouth	Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	3	17	v1pj	figs-metaphor	σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός	1	you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked	Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	3	18	tmm7		ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς	1	Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see	Here to **buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The “gold refined by fire” represents spiritual wealth. The “brilliant white garments” represents rightousness. And the “salve to anoint your eyes” represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ REV	4	4	ivw8		στεφάνους χρυσοῦς	1	golden crowns	These were like
 REV	4	5	ryb1		ἀστραπαὶ	1	flashes of lightning	Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears.
 REV	4	5	u1da		φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί	1	rumblings, and crashes of thunder	These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder.
 REV	4	5	e1jm	writing-symlanguage	τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	seven spirits of God	The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-REV	4	6	ja33	figs-metaphor	θάλασσα ὑαλίνη	1	a sea of glass	How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	4	6	ja33	figs-metaphor	θάλασσα ὑαλίνη	1	a sea of glass	How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	4	6	cv9p	figs-simile	ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ	1	like crystal	How it was like crystal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	4	6	fr7x		ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου	1	In the middle of the throne and around the throne	“Immediately around the throne” or “Close to the throne and around it”
 REV	4	6	b66k		τέσσαρα ζῷα	1	four living creatures	“four living beings” or “four living things”
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ REV	4	9	a19z	figs-doublet	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων
 REV	4	10	cmj9	translate-numbers	εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι	1	twenty-four elders	“24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 REV	4	10	c2vg		πεσοῦνται	1	fall down	They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping.
 REV	4	10	sly8	translate-symaction	βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου	1	They lay their crowns before the throne	These crowns looked like wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. The elders were respectfully placing the crowns on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-REV	4	10	wvf9		βαλοῦσιν	1	lay	This could mean: (1) to place or (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
+REV	4	10	wvf9		βαλοῦσιν	1	lay	This could mean: (1) to place (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
 REV	4	11	idj1		ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν	1	our Lord and our God	“our Lord and God.” This is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne.
 REV	4	11	q91l	figs-metonymy	λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν	1	to receive the glory and the honor and the power	These are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	5	intro	g7ey			0		# Revelation 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sealed scroll<br><br>Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Christian prayers<br><br>The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ REV	5	7	egp6	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	He went	He approached the throne. Some langua
 REV	5	8	e3fh	writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	the Lamb	This is a young male sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	5	8	cgs1	translate-numbers	οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι	1	the twenty-four elders	“24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 REV	5	8	ff8y		ἔπεσαν	1	fell down	“lay down on the ground.” Their faces were toward the ground to show that they were worshiping the Lamb. They did this on purpose; they did not fall accidentally.
-REV	5	8	uv6w		ἕκαστος	1	Each of them	This could mean: (1) “each of the elders and living creatures” or (2) “each of the elders.”
+REV	5	8	uv6w		ἕκαστος	1	Each of them	This could mean: (1) “each of the elders and living creatures” (2) “each of the elders.”
 REV	5	8	qak6	writing-symlanguage	φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων	1	a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints	The incense here is a symbol for the believers’ prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	5	9	yu7h	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐσφάγης	1	For you were slaughtered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For they slaughtered you” or “For people killed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	5	9	j1jn		ἐσφάγης	1	slaughtered	If your language has a word for killing an animal for a sacrifice, consider using it here.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ REV	6	8	n9x3		ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς	1	with the wild anim
 REV	6	9	bv8r	translate-ordinal	τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα	1	the fifth seal	“the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 REV	6	9	n3mi		ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου	1	under the altar	This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
 REV	6	9	b2kp	figs-activepassive	τῶν ἐσφαγμένων	1	those who had been killed	This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-REV	6	9	y8c6	figs-metaphor	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον	1	because of the word of God and the testimony which they held	Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+REV	6	9	y8c6	figs-metaphor	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον	1	because of the word of God and the testimony which they held	Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	6	10	qz1i	figs-metonymy	ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν	1	avenge our blood	The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	6	11	bq1p	figs-rquestion	ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί	1	until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed	This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants … sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants … sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 REV	6	11	q9xh		οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν	1	their fellow servants and their brothers	This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ REV	7	17	g3d2	figs-metonymy	ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυ
 REV	8	intro	ma7f			0		# Revelation 08 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven seals and seven trumpets<br><br>This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Similes<br><br>In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	8	1	d652			0	Connecting Statement:	The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
 REV	8	1	mh2b	translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην	1	the seventh seal	This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-REV	8	2	fri9	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες	1	seven trumpets were given to them	They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” or (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+REV	8	2	fri9	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες	1	seven trumpets were given to them	They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	8	3	f9g9		δώσει	1	he would offer it	“he would offer the incense to God by burning it”
 REV	8	4	lq1q	figs-metonymy	χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	the angel’s hand	This refers to the bowl in the angel’s hand. Alternate translation: “the bowl in the angel’s hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	8	5	l79w	figs-metonymy	ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς	1	filled it with fire	The word **fire** here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ REV	8	7	ga1r	figs-activepassive	τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκά
 REV	8	8	rnh8	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος	1	The second angel	“The next angel” or “Angel number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 REV	8	8	uw2h	figs-activepassive	ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη	1	something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	8	8	ev7g	translate-fraction	ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα	1	A third of the sea became blood	The fraction “A third” can be explained in translation. Alternate translation: “It was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-REV	8	8	k43y	figs-simile	ἐγένετο…αἷμα	1	became blood	This could mean: (1) “became red like blood” or (2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV	8	8	k43y	figs-simile	ἐγένετο…αἷμα	1	became blood	This could mean: (1) “became red like blood” (2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	8	9	vgf4		τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς	1	the living creatures in the sea	“the things living in the sea” or “the fish and other animals that lived in the sea”
 REV	8	10	n8ue	figs-simile	ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς	1	a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch	“a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky.” The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	8	10	int4		λαμπάς	1	torch	a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light
@@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ REV	8	11	as2n	translate-unknown	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγ
 REV	8	11	gei4	figs-metaphor	ἐγένετο…ἄψινθον	1	became wormwood	The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: “became bitter like wormwood” or “became bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	8	11	g4q5		ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν	1	died from the waters that became bitter	“died when they drank the bitter water”
 REV	8	12	z936	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου	1	a third of the sun was struck	Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-REV	8	12	ukh6		σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν	1	a third of them turned dark	This could mean: (1) “one third of the time they were dark” or (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark”
+REV	8	12	ukh6		σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν	1	a third of them turned dark	This could mean: (1) “one third of the time they were dark” (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark”
 REV	8	12	t1ag		ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως	1	a third of the day and a third of the night had no light	“there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night”
 REV	8	13	x375	figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν	1	because of the remaining trumpet … angels	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	9	intro	sq5c			0		# Revelation 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Woe<br><br>John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animal imagery<br><br>This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.<br><br>### Bottomless pit<br><br>This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])<br><br>### Abaddon and Apollyon<br><br>“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	9	1	d26c			0	Connecting Statement:	The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
 REV	9	1	jim6		εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα	1	I saw a star from heaven that had fallen	John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
 REV	9	1	v12j		ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit	“the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit”
-REV	9	1	cjr9		τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the shaft of the bottomless pit	This could mean: (1) “shaft” is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or (2) “shaft” refers to the opening of the pit.
-REV	9	1	p886		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
+REV	9	1	cjr9		τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the shaft of the bottomless pit	This could mean: (1) “shaft” is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow. (2) “shaft” refers to the opening of the pit.
+REV	9	1	p886		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
 REV	9	2	tp79	figs-simile	ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης	1	like smoke from a huge furnace	A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	9	2	nd4n		ἐσκοτώθη	1	turned dark	“became dark”
 REV	9	3	mb9m	translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1	locusts	insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ REV	9	7	zh82			0	General Information:	These locusts did not look like ordinary l
 REV	9	7	s9gl		στέφανοι ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ	1	crowns of gold	These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
 REV	9	10	mac3		ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς	1	They had tails	The word **They** refers to the locusts.
 REV	9	10	qdc3	figs-simile	ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα	1	with stingers like scorpions	A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-REV	9	10	lim1		ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε	1	in their tails they had power to harm people for five months	This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people or (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
-REV	9	11	fiu6		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
+REV	9	10	lim1		ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε	1	in their tails they had power to harm people for five months	This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
+REV	9	11	fiu6		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
 REV	9	11	bkg6	translate-names	Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων	1	Abaddon … Apollyon	Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 REV	9	12	ts26	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ	1	there are still two disasters to come	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	9	13	cyb6			0	Connecting Statement:	The sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ REV	11	5	ab6b	figs-metaphor	πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθρο
 REV	11	6	cac1	figs-metaphor	κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ	1	to close up the sky so that no rain will fall	John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	11	6	a7ed		στρέφειν	1	to turn	“to change”
 REV	11	6	kth7	figs-metaphor	πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ	1	to strike the earth with every kind of plague	John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	11	7	i679		Ἀβύσσου	1	bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
+REV	11	7	i679		Ἀβύσσου	1	bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
 REV	11	8	r45p		τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν	1	Their bodies	This refers to the bodies of the two witnesses.
 REV	11	8	p9fu		ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης	1	in the street of the great city	The city had more than one street. This was a public place where people could see them. Alternate translation: “in one of the streets of the great city” or “in the main street of the great city”
 REV	11	8	iea1		ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν	1	their Lord	They served the Lord, and like him would die in that city.
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ REV	11	10	h4pq		ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάν
 REV	11	11	x3gn	translate-numbers	τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ	1	three and a half days	“3 full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3 1/2 days.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 REV	11	11	al5w	figs-metaphor	πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς	1	a breath of life from God will enter them	The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	11	11	u265	figs-metaphor	φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς	1	Great fear will fall on those who see them	Fear is spoken of as if it is a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “Those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	11	12	f8ze		καὶ ἤκουσαν	1	Then they will hear	This could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear or (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
+REV	11	12	f8ze		καὶ ἤκουσαν	1	Then they will hear	This could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
 REV	11	12	mkq9	figs-metonymy	φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a loud voice from heaven	The word **voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	11	12	l1x7		λεγούσης αὐτοῖς	1	say to them	“say to the two witnesses”
 REV	11	13	p56r	translate-numbers	ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά	1	Seven thousand people	“7,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ REV	13	18	i46m			0	General Information:	This verse is a break from John’s acco
 REV	13	18	uk74		ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν	1	Here is wisdom	“Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this”
 REV	13	18	z8tz	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω	1	If anyone has understanding	The word **insight** can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	13	18	ri1y		ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου	1	let him calculate the number of the beast	“he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means”
-REV	13	18	bbn2		ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1	is the number of a human being	This could mean: (1) the number represents one person or (2) the number represents all of humanity.
+REV	13	18	bbn2		ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1	is the number of a human being	This could mean: (1) the number represents one person (2) the number represents all of humanity.
 REV	14	intro	q71v			0		# Revelation 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
 REV	14	1	e7u7			0	General Information:	The word **I** refers to John.
 REV	14	1	ck6y			0	Connecting Statement:	John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
@@ -629,8 +629,8 @@ REV	14	3	sz1f		ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν	1	They sang a new song	
 REV	14	3	ii11		τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων	1	the four living creatures	“living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creature” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
 REV	14	3	m75y		τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the elders	This refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated “elders” in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md).
 REV	14	3	q6fc	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες	1	144000	“one hundred forty-four thousand.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-REV	14	4	jet6		μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν	1	have not defiled themselves with women	This could mean: (1) “have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman” or (2) “have never had sexual relations with a woman.” Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
-REV	14	4	a7ir		παρθένοι	1	virgins	This could mean: (1) “they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife” or (2) “they are virgins.”
+REV	14	4	jet6		μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν	1	have not defiled themselves with women	This could mean: (1) “have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman” (2) “have never had sexual relations with a woman.” Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
+REV	14	4	a7ir		παρθένοι	1	virgins	This could mean: (1) “they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife” (2) “they are virgins.”
 REV	14	4	q3hg	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει	1	the ones who follow the Lamb wherever he goes	Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	14	4	mlw3	figs-metaphor	ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ	1	redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits	**Firstfruits** here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	14	5	ga8p	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος	1	No lie was found in their mouth	Their “mouth” refers to what they said.” Alternate translation: “They never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ REV	14	12	me1j		ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν	1	H
 REV	14	13	x62q		οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες	1	the dead who die	“those who die”
 REV	14	13	hy1a		οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες	1	who die in the Lord	“who are united to the Lord and die.” This may refer to people who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who die because they are united to the Lord”
 REV	14	13	vd4m		τῶν κόπων	1	labors	difficulties and sufferings
-REV	14	13	v4xz	figs-personification	τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	their deeds will follow them	These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. This could mean: (1) “others will know the good deeds these people have done” or (2) “God will reward them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+REV	14	13	v4xz	figs-personification	τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	their deeds will follow them	These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. This could mean: (1) “others will know the good deeds these people have done” (2) “God will reward them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 REV	14	14	ft6v	writing-symlanguage		0	Connecting Statement:	John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	14	14	gvw8	figs-simile	ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου	1	one like a son of man	This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 REV	14	14	i8se		στέφανον χρυσοῦν	1	golden crown	This was the likeness of a wreath of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
@@ -675,9 +675,9 @@ REV	15	1	l345	figs-doublet	μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν	1	great and marve
 REV	15	1	w6lf		ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ	1	seven angels with seven plagues	“seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth”
 REV	15	1	mw7g		τὰς ἐσχάτας	1	the final plagues	“and after them, there will not be any more plagues”
 REV	15	1	ij3d	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for with them the wrath of God will be completed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for these plagues will complete the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-REV	15	1	gdt5		ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for with them the wrath of God will be completed	This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger or (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
+REV	15	1	gdt5		ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for with them the wrath of God will be completed	This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
 REV	15	2	ytq6			0	General Information:	Here John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God.
-REV	15	2	n9yj	figs-metaphor	θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην	1	sea of glass	How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	15	2	n9yj	figs-metaphor	θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην	1	sea of glass	How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	15	2	pt8v	figs-explicit	τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ	1	Those who had been victorious over the beast and over his image	How they were victorious can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	15	2	dbz9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	over the number representing his name	How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	15	2	lra7		τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the number representing his name	This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ REV	16	3	nc6a	figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1
 REV	16	3	sx66	figs-synecdoche	τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 REV	16	4	p4ae	figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	poured out his bowl	The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	16	4	xu1y	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων	1	the rivers and the springs of water	This refers to all bodies of fresh water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-REV	16	5	f35a		τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων	1	the angel of the waters	This could mean: (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water or (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
+REV	16	5	f35a		τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων	1	the angel of the waters	This could mean: (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
 REV	16	5	e45u	figs-you	δίκαιος εἶ	1	You are righteous	“You” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 REV	16	5	itg7		ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν	1	the one who is and who was	“God who is and who was.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
 REV	16	6	b6wa	figs-metonymy	αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν	1	they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets	Here, **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ REV	17	6	iwz1		μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ
 REV	17	6	yqi7		τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ	1	the martyrs for Jesus	“the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus”
 REV	17	6	ydi9		ἐθαύμασα	1	I marveled	amazed, surprised
 REV	17	7	j412	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας	1	Why are you astonished?	The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-REV	17	8	upm7		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
+REV	17	8	upm7		τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	the bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
 REV	17	8	usl4	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	Then it will go on to destruction	The noun “destruction” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Then he will be destroyed” or “Then God will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	17	8	glf1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	it will go on to destruction	The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	17	8	r6h4	figs-activepassive	ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα	1	those whose names have not been written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ REV	17	10	yk93	figs-metaphor	οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν	1	Five kings have fa
 REV	17	10	d2wx		ὁ εἷς ἔστιν	1	one is	“one is king now” or “one king is alive now”
 REV	17	10	kw95	figs-metaphor	ὁ εἷς ἔστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν	1	the other has not yet come; when he comes	Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	17	10	v8vx	figs-metaphor	ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι	1	he can remain only for a little while	The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: “he can be king only for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	17	11	b1ct		ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν	1	is one of those seven kings	This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king or (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
+REV	17	11	b1ct		ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν	1	is one of those seven kings	This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
 REV	17	11	w7sk	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	it is going to destruction	The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. Alternate translation: “it will certainly be destroyed” or “God will surely destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	17	12	gq2m			0	Connecting Statement:	The angel continues speaking to John. Here he explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast.
 REV	17	12	n2rd	translate-unknown	μίαν ὥραν	1	for one hour	If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ REV	18	5	u2yu		ἐμνημόνευσεν	1	has remembered	“has thought of” o
 REV	18	6	ec42	figs-metaphor	ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν	1	Pay her back as she has paid others back	The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	18	6	pa62	figs-metaphor	διπλώσατε	1	repay her double	The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: “punish her twice as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	18	6	xba5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν	1	in the cup she mixed, mix double the amount for her	The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: “prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others” or “make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	18	6	l3n5		κεράσατε…διπλοῦν	1	mix double the amount	This could mean: (1) “prepare twice the amount” or (2) “make it twice as strong”
+REV	18	6	l3n5		κεράσατε…διπλοῦν	1	mix double the amount	This could mean: (1) “prepare twice the amount” (2) “make it twice as strong”
 REV	18	7	i9bm			0	Connecting Statement:	The same voice from heaven continues speaking about Babylon as if it were a woman.
 REV	18	7	we2t		ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν	1	she glorified herself	“the people of Babylon glorified themselves”
 REV	18	7	yt32	figs-metonymy	ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει	1	For she says in her heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ REV	19	21	qk9t		τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ το
 REV	20	intro	c7eh			0		# Revelation 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hades and the lake of fire<br><br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
 REV	20	1	rkv7			0	General Information:	John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
 REV	20	1	n8b8		καὶ εἶδον	1	Then I saw	Here, **I** refers to John.
-REV	20	1	c18c		Ἀβύσσου	1	bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
+REV	20	1	c18c		Ἀβύσσου	1	bottomless pit	This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
 REV	20	2	r6es	writing-symlanguage	δράκοντα	1	dragon	This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	20	3	xj22	figs-explicit	ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	sealed it over him	The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	20	3	el4f	figs-metonymy	πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη	1	deceive the nations	Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -973,8 +973,8 @@ REV	21	3	hpt1	figs-parallelism	ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶ
 REV	21	4	w39g	figs-metonymy	ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1	He will wipe away every tear from their eyes	**Tears** here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	21	5	rq2q	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν	1	these words are trustworthy and true	Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	21	6	dq8n	figs-parallelism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-REV	21	6	li7s	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-REV	21	6	bf1p		ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the beginning and the end	This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
+REV	21	6	li7s	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+REV	21	6	bf1p		ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the beginning and the end	This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
 REV	21	6	wk2c	figs-metaphor	τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς	1	To the one who thirsts … water of life	God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	21	7	vms6			0	Connecting Statement:	The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John.
 REV	21	8	hma7		τοῖς…δειλοῖς	1	the cowards	“those who are too afraid to do what is right”
@@ -1017,12 +1017,12 @@ REV	22	1	vl23		ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς	1	the river of the water
 REV	22	1	yn2p	figs-metaphor	ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς	1	the water of life	Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	22	1	mxp4	writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	the Lamb	This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 REV	22	2	l2aq	figs-metonymy	τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the nations	Here, **nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV	22	3	d5fq		πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι	1	There will no longer be any curse	This could mean: (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” or (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
-REV	22	3	by36		οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ	1	his servants will serve him	Here, **his** and **him** could mean: (1) God the Father, or (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
+REV	22	3	d5fq		πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι	1	There will no longer be any curse	This could mean: (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
+REV	22	3	by36		οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ	1	his servants will serve him	Here, **his** and **him** could mean: (1) God the Father. (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
 REV	22	4	zy4x	figs-idiom	ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	They will see his face	This is an idiom, meaning to be in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “They will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 REV	22	6	j51i	figs-explicit		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	22	6	xaw8	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί	1	These words are trustworthy and true	Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV	22	6	cr31	figs-metonymy	ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν	1	the God of the spirits of the prophets	This could mean: (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+REV	22	6	cr31	figs-metonymy	ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν	1	the God of the spirits of the prophets	This could mean: (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	22	7	p72h		ἰδοὺ	1	Look!	Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **Look** adds emphasis to what follows.
 REV	22	7	afr9	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι ταχύ	1	I am coming quickly!	It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	22	8	xr17			0	General Information:	John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
@@ -1032,9 +1032,9 @@ REV	22	10	ct48	figs-explicit	μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου
 REV	22	10	xc15	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου	1	the words of the prophecy of this book	Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	22	12	idc6	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 REV	22	13	f5jl	figs-parallelism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end	These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-REV	22	13	uup6	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+REV	22	13	uup6	figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	the alpha and the omega	These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 REV	22	13	cpl9	figs-merism	ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος	1	the first and the last	This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-REV	22	13	nnm2		ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the beginning and the end	This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md).
+REV	22	13	nnm2		ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	the beginning and the end	This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md).
 REV	22	14	r16s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues giving his closing greeting.
 REV	22	14	i54w	figs-metaphor	οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν	1	those who wash their robes	Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in [Revelation 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	22	15	aw1h		ἔξω	1	Outside	This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ REV	22	16	t2v9	figs-metaphor	ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ
 REV	22	16	g9uj	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός	1	the bright morning star	Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	22	17	gig5			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
 REV	22	17	lt8j	figs-metaphor	ἡ νύμφη	1	the Bride	Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	22	17	m9at	figs-explicit	ἔρχου	1	Come!	This could mean: (1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” or (2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+REV	22	17	m9at	figs-explicit	ἔρχου	1	Come!	This could mean: (1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” (2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	22	17	e2m5	figs-metaphor	ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς	1	the one who is thirsty … the water of life	A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	22	17	dwb6	figs-metaphor	ὕδωρ ζωῆς	1	the water of life	Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	22	18	fd5l			0	General Information:	John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.